CN112437190B - Data sharing method, graphical user interface, related device and system - Google Patents

Data sharing method, graphical user interface, related device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN112437190B
CN112437190B CN201910731372.4A CN201910731372A CN112437190B CN 112437190 B CN112437190 B CN 112437190B CN 201910731372 A CN201910731372 A CN 201910731372A CN 112437190 B CN112437190 B CN 112437190B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
terminal
user
interface
display
receiving device
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
CN201910731372.4A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN112437190A (en
Inventor
章亚
张金明
许浩维
王利平
王同波
王良
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to CN201910731372.4A priority Critical patent/CN112437190B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2020/107034 priority patent/WO2021023208A1/en
Publication of CN112437190A publication Critical patent/CN112437190A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN112437190B publication Critical patent/CN112437190B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04883Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • H04M1/72457User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions according to geographic location
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/725Cordless telephones
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)

Abstract

本发明公开了一种数据分享的方法、图形用户界面、相关装置及系统,涉及短距离通信技术领域。该方法包括:首先,第一终端显示文件展示界面,该文件展示界面中显示有文件对象。然后,第一终端接收用户针对该文件对象的滑动操作。响应于该滑动操作,该第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自一个或多个第二终端的位置信息。接着,该第一终端根据该滑动操作的滑动方向、该第一终端的指南针角度以及该一个或多个第二终端的位置信息,从该一个或多个第二终端中确定出接收设备。最后,该第一终端发送所述文件对象给所述接收设备。这样,可以简化用户分享文件数据(例如图片、视频、文档等)的操作步骤。

Figure 201910731372

The invention discloses a data sharing method, a graphic user interface, a related device and a system, and relates to the technical field of short-distance communication. The method includes: firstly, the first terminal displays a file display interface, and the file display interface displays file objects. Then, the first terminal receives a user's sliding operation on the file object. In response to the sliding operation, the first terminal acquires location information from one or more second terminals through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE. Next, the first terminal determines the receiving device from the one or more second terminals according to the sliding direction of the sliding operation, the compass angle of the first terminal, and the location information of the one or more second terminals. Finally, the first terminal sends the file object to the receiving device. In this way, the operation steps for users to share file data (such as pictures, videos, documents, etc.) can be simplified.

Figure 201910731372

Description

数据分享的方法、图形用户界面、相关装置及系统Data sharing method, graphical user interface, related device and system

技术领域technical field

本申请涉及短距离通信技术领域,尤其涉及数据分享的方法、图形用户界面、相关装置及系统。The present application relates to the technical field of short-distance communication, in particular to a data sharing method, a graphical user interface, related devices and systems.

背景技术Background technique

随着无线通讯技术的发展,智能手机、平板电脑等终端开始支持用户分享图片、文档等数据,提高了用户的办公效率和办公体验。例如,用户可以无须使用数据线将智能手机等便携式终端上的图片、文档等数据分享给其他设备。With the development of wireless communication technology, terminals such as smart phones and tablet computers begin to support users to share pictures, documents and other data, which improves the user's office efficiency and office experience. For example, users can share data such as pictures and documents on portable terminals such as smartphones with other devices without using data cables.

目前,用户想要分享智能手机等便携式终端上的图片等数据,一般可以通过下述方式达到目的:用户需要在图库中选择照片,点击“分享”按钮打开分享界面。然后,在智能手机搜索到周围的设备后,可以在设备分享界面显示周围设备的选项。在用户点击选择一个周围设备的按钮后,智能手机可以与用户选中的设备进行连接,并将用户选中的图片发送给该用户选中的设备。At present, if a user wants to share data such as pictures on a portable terminal such as a smart phone, the purpose can generally be achieved in the following way: the user needs to select a photo in the gallery, and click the "Share" button to open the sharing interface. Then, after the smart phone searches the surrounding devices, the options of the surrounding devices can be displayed on the device sharing interface. After the user clicks a button to select a surrounding device, the smart phone can connect with the device selected by the user, and send the picture selected by the user to the device selected by the user.

可以看出,上述数据分享的方式,均需要用户执行多次复杂的操作,这就大大降低了终端的使用效率。It can be seen that the above data sharing methods all require the user to perform multiple complex operations, which greatly reduces the efficiency of the terminal.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本申请提供了一种数据分享的方法、图形用户界面、相关装置及系统,可以简化用户分享文件数据(例如图片、视频、文档等)的操作步骤,给用户提供了方便。The present application provides a data sharing method, a graphical user interface, related devices and a system, which can simplify the operation steps for users to share file data (such as pictures, videos, documents, etc.), and provide users with convenience.

第一方面,本申请提供了一种数据分享的方法,包括:第一终端显示文件展示界面,该文件展示界面中显示有文件对象。该第一终端接收用户针对该文件对象的滑动操作。响应于该滑动操作,该第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自一个或多个第二终端的位置信息。该第一终端根据该滑动操作的滑动方向、该第一终端的指南针角度以及该一个或多个第二终端的位置信息,从该一个或多个第二终端中确定出接收设备。其中,在该一个或多个第二终端中,该接收设备相对于该第一终端的方向与该滑动方向的夹角小于预设角度阈值。该接收设备相对于该第一终端的方向由该第一终端的指南针角度以及该接收设备的位置信息确定。该第一终端发送该文件对象给该接收设备。In a first aspect, the present application provides a method for data sharing, including: a first terminal displays a file display interface, and file objects are displayed on the file display interface. The first terminal receives a user's sliding operation on the file object. In response to the sliding operation, the first terminal acquires location information from one or more second terminals through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE. The first terminal determines the receiving device from the one or more second terminals according to the sliding direction of the sliding operation, the compass angle of the first terminal, and the location information of the one or more second terminals. Wherein, among the one or more second terminals, the included angle between the direction of the receiving device relative to the first terminal and the sliding direction is smaller than a preset angle threshold. The direction of the receiving device relative to the first terminal is determined by the compass angle of the first terminal and the location information of the receiving device. The first terminal sends the file object to the receiving device.

本申请提供一种数据分享的方法,第一终端可以通过在文件展示界面(例如,显示有图片、视频和文档等文件对象的界面)中接收用户的滑动操作,并检测该滑动操作的滑动方向。终端可以响应于该滑动操作,通过低功耗蓝牙(Bluetooth Low Energy,BLE)���达角(angle of arrival,AoA)测量技术,测量附近设备相对于终端的方向位置。然后,第一终端可以确定出方向位置与上述滑动操作的滑动方向一致且较近的第二设备,并将该文件展示界面中的文件对象发送给方向位置与滑动方向一致且最近的第二设备。这样,可以简化用户分享文件数据(例如图片、视频、文档等)的操作步骤,给用户提供了方便。The present application provides a method for data sharing. The first terminal can receive the user's sliding operation in the file display interface (for example, an interface displaying file objects such as pictures, videos, and documents), and detect the sliding direction of the sliding operation. . In response to the sliding operation, the terminal may measure the direction and position of nearby devices relative to the terminal through Bluetooth Low Energy (Bluetooth Low Energy, BLE) angle of arrival (AoA) measurement technology. Then, the first terminal can determine the second device whose direction position is consistent with the sliding direction of the sliding operation and is relatively close, and send the file object in the file display interface to the second device whose direction position is consistent with the sliding direction and is closest . In this way, the operation steps for users to share file data (such as pictures, videos, documents, etc.) can be simplified, which provides convenience for users.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在该第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之前,该方法还包括:该第一终端通过BLE广播定位请求。其中,该第二终端接收到该定位请求时的BLE信号强度值RSSI高于指定信号强度阈值。这样,可以将距离第一终端较远的设备过滤掉,保证了文件传输的稳定性。In a possible implementation manner, before the first terminal acquires location information from one or more second terminals through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE, the method further includes: the first terminal broadcasts a positioning request through BLE. Wherein, the BLE signal strength value RSSI when the second terminal receives the positioning request is higher than a specified signal strength threshold. In this way, devices that are far away from the first terminal can be filtered out, ensuring the stability of file transmission.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在该第一终端发送该文件对象给该接收设备之前,该方法包括:该第一终端发送数据分享请求给该接收设备。该接收设备响应于该数据分享请求,显示第一提示,用于提示用户确认接收该文件对象。这样,可以让用户在接收设备上确认是否接收第一终端发送的文件对象,避免接收终端接收到用户不想接收的数据。In a possible implementation manner, before the first terminal sends the file object to the receiving device, the method includes: the first terminal sends a data sharing request to the receiving device. In response to the data sharing request, the receiving device displays a first prompt for prompting the user to confirm receiving the file object. In this way, the user can confirm on the receiving device whether to receive the file object sent by the first terminal, preventing the receiving terminal from receiving data that the user does not want to receive.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接收设备响应于用户针对该文件对象的接收操作,与该第一终端建立文件传输连接。其中,该文件传输连接包括无线高保真点对点Wi-Fi P2P连接或超宽带UWB连接。这样,通过Wi-Fi P2P或UWB传输文件,可以提高文件传输的效率。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the receiving device establishes a file transfer connection with the first terminal in response to a user's receiving operation on the file object. Wherein, the file transfer connection includes a wireless high-fidelity point-to-point Wi-Fi P2P connection or an ultra-wideband UWB connection. In this way, file transfer via Wi-Fi P2P or UWB can improve the efficiency of file transfer.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该位置信息包括:该第二终端的指南针角度、该第二终端的 BLE信号到达角度AoA,该一个或多个附近终端与该终端的距离。In a possible implementation manner, the location information includes: the compass angle of the second terminal, the angle of arrival AoA of the BLE signal of the second terminal, and the distance between the one or more nearby terminals and the terminal.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在该第一终端发送该文件对象给该接收设备之前,该方法还包括:该第一终端显示第二提示,用于提示用户确认是否发送该文件对象给该接收设备。该第一终端接收用户的确认发送操作。该第一终端发送该文件对象给该接收设备,具体包括响应于该确认发送操作,该第一终端发送该文件对象给该接收设备。这样,可以防止用户在第一终端上由于误操作误发送了文件对象给其他设备,提高了容错性。In a possible implementation manner, before the first terminal sends the file object to the receiving device, the method further includes: the first terminal displays a second prompt for prompting the user to confirm whether to send the file object to the receiving device receiving device. The first terminal receives the confirmation sending operation of the user. Sending the file object to the receiving device by the first terminal specifically includes sending the file object to the receiving device by the first terminal in response to the sending confirmation operation. In this way, it is possible to prevent the user from sending the file object to other devices by mistake due to misoperation on the first terminal, thereby improving fault tolerance.

在一种可能的实现方式中,当该一个或多个第二终端中,存在有多个第三终端相对于该终端的方向与该滑动方向的夹角小于预设角度阈值时,该接收设备在该多个第三终端中,相对于该第一终端的方向在该滑动方向上的投影距离最近。这样,可以当滑动方向上有多个设备时,只发送文件到在该滑动方向上距离第一终端最近的设备,符合用户使用习惯。In a possible implementation manner, when there are multiple third terminals among the one or more second terminals, the included angle between the direction of the terminal and the sliding direction is smaller than a preset angle threshold, the receiving device Among the plurality of third terminals, the projection distance in the sliding direction relative to the direction of the first terminal is the shortest. In this way, when there are multiple devices in the sliding direction, only the file is sent to the device closest to the first terminal in the sliding direction, which conforms to the usage habit of the user.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在该第一终端通过BLE获取一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之后,该方法还包括:该第一终端根据该一个或多个第二终端的位置信息以及该第一终端的指南针角度,确定该一个或多个第二终端相对于该第一终端的方向和距离。该第一终端显示该一个或多个第二终端相对于该第一终端的方向和距离。这样,可以帮助用户查看周围设备的位置,提高用户体验。In a possible implementation manner, after the first terminal obtains the location information of one or more second terminals through BLE, the method further includes: the first terminal obtains the location information of the one or more second terminals and the compass angle of the first terminal to determine the direction and distance of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal. The first terminal displays the direction and distance of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal. In this way, the user can be helped to view the positions of surrounding devices, thereby improving user experience.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在该第一终端通过低功耗BLE获取一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之前,该方法还包括:该第一终端通过BLE广播发送AoA广播包给该一个或多个第二终端。该第二终端在接收到该AoA广播包后,根据接收到该AoA广播包时的相位信息确定出该BLE信号AoA,并根据接收到该AoA广播包时的BLE RSSI确定出与该第一终端的距离。该第二终端通过BLE广播发送的该BLE AoA、该第二终端与该第一终端的距离和该第二终端的指南针角度。In a possible implementation manner, before the first terminal acquires location information of one or more second terminals through low-power BLE, the method further includes: the first terminal sends an AoA broadcast packet to the one or more secondary terminals. After receiving the AoA broadcast packet, the second terminal determines the AoA of the BLE signal according to the phase information when receiving the AoA broadcast packet, and determines the connection with the first terminal according to the BLE RSSI when receiving the AoA broadcast packet. distance. The BLE AoA, the distance between the second terminal and the first terminal, and the compass angle of the second terminal sent by the second terminal through BLE broadcast.

第二方面,本申请提供了一种终端,该终端为第一终端,该终端包括:处理器、蓝牙模块,存储器,触控屏,无线高保真Wi-Fi模块。其中,该处理器和该存储器耦合,该处理器与该蓝牙模块和该触控屏连接。其中,该触控屏,用于显示文件展示界面,该文件展示界面中显示有文件对象。该触控屏,还用于接收用户针对该文件对象的滑动操作。该处理器,用于响应于该滑动操作,指示该蓝牙模块通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自一个或多个第二设备的位置信息。该处理器,还用于根据该滑动操作的滑动方向、该终端的指南针角度以及该设备一个或多个第二终端的位置信息,从该一个或多个第二终端中确定出接收设备。其中,在该一个或多个第二终端中,该接收设备相对于该第一终端的方向与该滑动方向的夹角小于预设角度阈值。该接收设备相对于该第一终端的方向由该第一终端的指南针角度以及该接收设备的位置信息确定。该Wi-Fi模块,用于发送该文件对象给该接收设备。In a second aspect, the present application provides a terminal, the terminal is a first terminal, and the terminal includes: a processor, a Bluetooth module, a memory, a touch screen, and a wireless high-fidelity Wi-Fi module. Wherein, the processor is coupled with the memory, and the processor is connected with the bluetooth module and the touch screen. Wherein, the touch screen is used to display a file display interface, and file objects are displayed in the file display interface. The touch screen is also used to receive a user's sliding operation on the file object. The processor is configured to, in response to the sliding operation, instruct the Bluetooth module to acquire location information from one or more second devices through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE. The processor is further configured to determine the receiving device from the one or more second terminals according to the sliding direction of the sliding operation, the compass angle of the terminal, and the location information of the one or more second terminals of the device. Wherein, among the one or more second terminals, the included angle between the direction of the receiving device relative to the first terminal and the sliding direction is smaller than a preset angle threshold. The direction of the receiving device relative to the first terminal is determined by the compass angle of the first terminal and the location information of the receiving device. The Wi-Fi module is used to send the file object to the receiving device.

本申请提供一种终端,该终端可以被称为第一终端。第一终端可以通过在文件展示界面 (例如,显示有图片、视频和文档等文件对象的界面)中接收用户的滑动操作,并检测该滑动操作的滑动方向。终端可以响应于该滑动操作,通过BLE AoA测量技术,测量附近设备相对于终端的方向位置。然后,第一终端可以确定出方向位置与上述滑动操作的滑动方向一致且较近的第二设备,并将该文件展示界面中的文件对象发送给方向位置与滑动方向一致且最近的第二设备。这样,可以简化用户分享文件数据(例如图片、视频、文档等)的操作步骤,给用户提供了方便。The present application provides a terminal, which may be called a first terminal. The first terminal can receive the user's sliding operation in the file display interface (for example, an interface displaying file objects such as pictures, videos, and documents), and detect the sliding direction of the sliding operation. In response to the sliding operation, the terminal can measure the direction and position of nearby devices relative to the terminal through the BLE AoA measurement technology. Then, the first terminal can determine the second device whose direction position is consistent with the sliding direction of the sliding operation and is relatively close, and send the file object in the file display interface to the second device whose direction position is consistent with the sliding direction and is closest . In this way, the operation steps for users to share file data (such as pictures, videos, documents, etc.) can be simplified, which provides convenience for users.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该蓝牙模块,还用于:在通过BLE获取来自一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之前,通过BLE广播定位请求。其中,该第二终端接收到该定位请求时的 BLE信号强度值RSSI高于指定信号强度阈值。这样,可以将距离第一终端较远的设备过滤掉,保证了文件传输的稳定性。In a possible implementation manner, the bluetooth module is further configured to: broadcast a positioning request through BLE before acquiring location information from one or more second terminals through BLE. Wherein, the BLE signal strength value RSSI when the second terminal receives the positioning request is higher than the specified signal strength threshold. In this way, devices that are far away from the first terminal can be filtered out, ensuring the stability of file transmission.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该该蓝牙模块,还用于:在该Wi-Fi模块发送该文件对象给该接收设备之前,发送数据分享请求给该接收设备。该数据分享请求用于请求该接收设备输出第一提示,用于提示用户确认接收该文件对象。这样,可以让用户在接收设备上确认是否接收第一终端发送的文件对象,避免接收终端接收到用户不想接收的数据。In a possible implementation manner, the Bluetooth module is further configured to: send a data sharing request to the receiving device before the Wi-Fi module sends the file object to the receiving device. The data sharing request is used to request the receiving device to output a first prompt, which is used to prompt the user to confirm receiving the file object. In this way, the user can confirm on the receiving device whether to receive the file object sent by the first terminal, preventing the receiving terminal from receiving data that the user does not want to receive.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该Wi-Fi模块,还用于在该接收设备检测到用户针对该文件对象的接收操作后,与该接收设备建立无线高保真点对点Wi-Fi P2P连接。这样,通过Wi-Fi P2P或UWB传输文件,可以提高文件传输的效率。In a possible implementation manner, the Wi-Fi module is further configured to establish a wireless high-fidelity point-to-point Wi-Fi P2P connection with the receiving device after the receiving device detects the user's receiving operation on the file object. In this way, file transfer via Wi-Fi P2P or UWB can improve the efficiency of file transfer.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该位置信息包括:该第二终端的指南针角度、该第二终端的 BLE信号到达角度AoA,该一个或多个附近终端与该终端的距离。In a possible implementation manner, the location information includes: the compass angle of the second terminal, the angle of arrival AoA of the BLE signal of the second terminal, and the distance between the one or more nearby terminals and the terminal.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该触控屏,还用于:在该Wi-Fi模块发送该文件对象给该接收设备之前,显示第二提示,用于提示用户确认是否发送该文件对象给该接收设备。该触控屏,还用于接收用户的确认发送操作。该Wi-Fi模块,具体用于:响应于该确认发送操作,发送该文件对象给该接收设备。这样,可以防止用户在第一终端上由于误操作误发送了文件对象给其他设备,提高了容错性。In a possible implementation manner, the touch screen is further configured to: before the Wi-Fi module sends the file object to the receiving device, display a second prompt for prompting the user to confirm whether to send the file object to the receiving device. The touch screen is also used to receive the user's confirmation sending operation. The Wi-Fi module is specifically configured to: send the file object to the receiving device in response to the confirmation sending operation. In this way, it is possible to prevent the user from sending the file object to other devices by mistake due to misoperation on the first terminal, thereby improving fault tolerance.

在一种可能的实现方式中,当该一个或多个第二终端中,存在有多个第三终端相对于该终端的方向与该滑动方向的夹角小于预设角度阈值时,该接收设备在该多个第三终端中,相对于该第一终端的方向在该滑动方向上的投影距离最近。这样,可以当滑动方向上有多个设备时,只发送文件到在该滑动方向上距离第一终端最近的设备,符合用户使用习惯。In a possible implementation manner, when there are multiple third terminals among the one or more second terminals, the included angle between the direction of the terminal and the sliding direction is smaller than a preset angle threshold, the receiving device Among the plurality of third terminals, the projection distance in the sliding direction relative to the direction of the first terminal is the shortest. In this way, when there are multiple devices in the sliding direction, only the file is sent to the device closest to the first terminal in the sliding direction, which conforms to the usage habit of the user.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器,还用于:在该蓝牙模块通过BLE获取一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之后,根据该一个或多个第二终端的位置信息以及该第一终端的指南针角度,确定该一个或多多个第二终端相对于该第一终端的方向和距离。该触控屏,还用于显示该一个或多个第二终端相对于该第一终端的方向和距离。这样,可以帮助用户查看周围设备的位置,提高用户体验。In a possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to: after the Bluetooth module obtains the location information of one or more second terminals through BLE, according to the location information of the one or more second terminals and the The compass angle of the first terminal determines the direction and distance of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal. The touch screen is also used to display the direction and distance of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal. In this way, the user can be helped to view the positions of surrounding devices, thereby improving user experience.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该蓝牙模块,还用于:在通过低功耗BLE获取一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之前,通过BLE广播发送AoA广播包给该一个或多个第二终端。其中,该AoA广播包用于该第二终端根据接收该AoA广播时的相位信息确定出该BLE AoA,并根据接收到该AoA广播包时的BLE RSSI确定出与该第一终端的距离。该蓝牙模块,还用于接收该第二终端通过BLE广播发送的该BLE AoA、该第二终端与该第一终端的距离和该第二终端的指南针角度。In a possible implementation, the bluetooth module is further configured to: send an AoA broadcast packet to the one or more second terminals through BLE broadcast before obtaining the location information of one or more second terminals through BLE low power consumption Two terminals. Wherein, the AoA broadcast packet is used for the second terminal to determine the BLE AoA according to the phase information when receiving the AoA broadcast, and determine the distance to the first terminal according to the BLE RSSI when receiving the AoA broadcast packet. The Bluetooth module is also used to receive the BLE AoA sent by the second terminal through BLE broadcast, the distance between the second terminal and the first terminal, and the compass angle of the second terminal.

第三方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统设置在第一终端中,该芯片系统包括:处理器和蓝牙芯片。其中,该处理器,用于指示触控屏显示文件展示界面,该文件展示界面中显示有文件对象。该处理器,还用于通过该触控屏接收用户针对该文件对象的滑动操作。该处理器,还用于响应于该滑动操作,指示该蓝牙芯片通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自一个或多个第二设备的位置信息。该处理器,还用于根据该滑动操作的滑动方向、该终端的指南针角度以及该设备一个或多个第二终端的位置信息,从该一个或多个第二终端中确定出接收设备。其中,在该一个或多个第二终端中,该接收设备相对于该第一终端的方向与该滑动方向的夹角小于预设角度阈值。该接收设备相对于该第一终端的方向由该第一终端的指南针角度以及该接收设备的位置信息确定。该处理器,还用于指示无线高保真Wi-Fi模块发送该文件对象给该接收设备。In a third aspect, the present application provides a chip system, which is set in a first terminal, and the chip system includes: a processor and a bluetooth chip. Wherein, the processor is used to instruct the touch screen to display a file display interface, and the file display interface displays file objects. The processor is further configured to receive a user's sliding operation on the file object through the touch screen. The processor is further configured to, in response to the sliding operation, instruct the Bluetooth chip to obtain location information from one or more second devices through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE. The processor is further configured to determine the receiving device from the one or more second terminals according to the sliding direction of the sliding operation, the compass angle of the terminal, and the location information of the one or more second terminals of the device. Wherein, among the one or more second terminals, the included angle between the direction of the receiving device relative to the first terminal and the sliding direction is smaller than a preset angle threshold. The direction of the receiving device relative to the first terminal is determined by the compass angle of the first terminal and the location information of the receiving device. The processor is further configured to instruct the wireless high-fidelity Wi-Fi module to send the file object to the receiving device.

本申请提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统可以设置于第一终端中。第一终端可以通过在文件展示界面(例如,显示有图片、视频和文档等文件对象的界面)中接收用户的滑动操作,并检测该滑动操作的滑动方向。终端可以响应于该滑动操作,通过BLE AoA测量技术,测量附近设备相对于终端的方向位置。然后,第一终端可以确定出方向位置与上述滑动操作的滑动方向一致且较近的第二设备,并将该文件展示界面中的文件对象发送给方向位置与滑动方向一致且最近的第二设备。这样,可以简化用户分享文件数据(例如图片、视频、文档等) 的操作步骤,给用户提供了方便。The present application provides a chip system, which can be set in a first terminal. The first terminal may receive a user's sliding operation on a file presentation interface (for example, an interface displaying file objects such as pictures, videos, and documents), and detect the sliding direction of the sliding operation. In response to the sliding operation, the terminal can measure the direction and position of nearby devices relative to the terminal through the BLE AoA measurement technology. Then, the first terminal can determine the second device whose direction position is consistent with the sliding direction of the sliding operation and is relatively close, and send the file object in the file display interface to the second device whose direction position is consistent with the sliding direction and is closest . In this way, the operation steps for users to share file data (such as pictures, videos, documents, etc.) can be simplified, which provides convenience for users.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该蓝牙芯片,还用于:在通过BLE获取来自一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之前,通过BLE广播定位请求。其中,该第二终端接收到该定位请求时BLE 信号强度值RSSI高于指定信号强度阈值。这样,可以将距离第一终端较远的设备过滤掉,保证了文件传输的稳定性。In a possible implementation manner, the bluetooth chip is further configured to: broadcast a positioning request through BLE before obtaining location information from one or more second terminals through BLE. Wherein, when the second terminal receives the positioning request, the BLE signal strength value RSSI is higher than the specified signal strength threshold. In this way, devices that are far away from the first terminal can be filtered out, ensuring the stability of file transmission.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该该蓝牙芯片,还用于:在该处理器指示该Wi-Fi模块发送该文件对象给该接收设备之前,发送数据分享请求给该接收设备。该数据分享请求用于请求该接收设备输出第一提示,用于提示用户确认接收该文件对象。这样,可以让用户在接收设备上确认是否接收第一终端发送的文件对象,避免接收终端接收到用户不想接收的数据。In a possible implementation manner, the Bluetooth chip is further configured to: send a data sharing request to the receiving device before the processor instructs the Wi-Fi module to send the file object to the receiving device. The data sharing request is used to request the receiving device to output a first prompt, which is used to prompt the user to confirm receiving the file object. In this way, the user can confirm on the receiving device whether to receive the file object sent by the first terminal, preventing the receiving terminal from receiving data that the user does not want to receive.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器,还用于:在该接收设备检测到用户针对该文件对象的接收操作后,指示该WiFi模块与该接收设备建立无线高保真点对点Wi-Fi P2P连接。这样,通过Wi-Fi P2P或UWB传输文件,可以提高文件传输的效率。In a possible implementation, the processor is further configured to: after the receiving device detects the user's receiving operation on the file object, instruct the WiFi module to establish a wireless high-fidelity point-to-point Wi-Fi P2P with the receiving device connect. In this way, file transfer via Wi-Fi P2P or UWB can improve the efficiency of file transfer.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该位置信息包括:该第二终端的指南针角度、该第二终端的 BLE信号到达角度AoA,该一个或多个附近终端与该终端的距离。In a possible implementation manner, the location information includes: the compass angle of the second terminal, the angle of arrival AoA of the BLE signal of the second terminal, and the distance between the one or more nearby terminals and the terminal.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器,还用于:在指示该Wi-Fi模块发送该文件对象给该接收设备之前,指示该触控屏显示第二提示,用于提示用户确认是否发送该文件对象给该接收设备。该处理器,还用于通过该触控屏接收用户的确认发送操作。该处理器,具体用于:响应于该确认发送操作,指示该Wi-Fi模块发送该文件对象给该接收设备。这样,可以防止用户在第一终端上由于误操作误发送了文件对象给其他设备,提高了容错性。In a possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to: before instructing the Wi-Fi module to send the file object to the receiving device, instruct the touch screen to display a second prompt for prompting the user to confirm whether Send the file object to the receiving device. The processor is also configured to receive a user's confirmation sending operation through the touch screen. The processor is specifically configured to: in response to the confirmation sending operation, instruct the Wi-Fi module to send the file object to the receiving device. In this way, it is possible to prevent the user from sending the file object to other devices by mistake due to misoperation on the first terminal, thereby improving fault tolerance.

在一种可能的实现方式中,当该一个或多个第二终端中,存在有多个第三终端相对于该终端的方向与该滑动方向的夹角小于预设角度阈值时,该接收设备在该多个第三终端中,相对于该第一终端的方向在该滑动方向上的投影距离最近。这样,可以当滑动方向上有多个设备时,只发送文件到在该滑动方向上距离第一终端最近的设备,符合用户使用习惯。In a possible implementation manner, when there are multiple third terminals among the one or more second terminals, the included angle between the direction of the terminal and the sliding direction is smaller than a preset angle threshold, the receiving device Among the plurality of third terminals, the projection distance in the sliding direction relative to the direction of the first terminal is the shortest. In this way, when there are multiple devices in the sliding direction, only the file is sent to the device closest to the first terminal in the sliding direction, which conforms to the usage habit of the user.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器,还用于:在该蓝牙芯片通过BLE获取一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之后,根据该一个或多个第二终端的位置信息以及该第一终端的指南针角度,确定该一个或多多��第二终端相对于该第一终端的方向和距离。该处理器,还用于指示该触控屏显示该一个或多个第二终端相对于该第一终端的方向和距离。这样,可以帮助用户查看周围设备的位置,提高用户体验。In a possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to: after the Bluetooth chip obtains the location information of one or more second terminals through BLE, according to the location information of the one or more second terminals and the The compass angle of the first terminal determines the direction and distance of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal. The processor is further configured to instruct the touch screen to display the direction and distance of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal. In this way, the user can be helped to view the positions of surrounding devices, thereby improving user experience.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在通过低功耗BLE获取一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之前,通过BLE广播发送AoA广播包给该一个或多个第二终端。其中,该AoA广播包用于该第二终端根据接收该AoA广播时的相位信息确定出该BLE AoA,并根据接收到该AoA广播包时的RSSI确定出与该第一终端的距离。该蓝牙芯片,还用于接收该第二终端通过BLE广播发送的该BLE AoA、该第二终端与该第一终端的距离和该第二终端的指南针角度。In a possible implementation manner, before the location information of one or more second terminals is acquired through BLE with low power consumption, an AoA broadcast packet is sent to the one or more second terminals through BLE broadcast. Wherein, the AoA broadcast packet is used for the second terminal to determine the BLE AoA according to the phase information when receiving the AoA broadcast, and determine the distance to the first terminal according to the RSSI when receiving the AoA broadcast packet. The Bluetooth chip is also used to receive the BLE AoA sent by the second terminal through BLE broadcast, the distance between the second terminal and the first terminal, and the compass angle of the second terminal.

第四方面,本申请提供了一种数据分享的方法,该包括:第一终端显示文件选择界面,该文件选择界面中显示有用户已选定的文件选项。该第一终端接收用户的第一操作。响应于该第一操作,该第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自一个或多个第二终端的位置信息。该第一终端根据该一个或多个第二终端的位置信息,确定该一个或多个第二终端相对于该第一终端的方向和距离。该第一终端显示该一个或多个第二终端相对于该第一终端的方向和距离。该第一终端接收用户选择该一个或多个第二终端中接收设备的第二操作。响应于该第二操作,该第一终端发送该文件选项对应的文件对象给该接收设备。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a data sharing method, which includes: the first terminal displays a file selection interface, and the file selection interface displays file options selected by the user. The first terminal receives the first operation of the user. In response to the first operation, the first terminal obtains location information from one or more second terminals through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE. The first terminal determines the direction and distance of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal according to the location information of the one or more second terminals. The first terminal displays the direction and distance of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal. The first terminal receives a user's second operation of selecting a receiving device in the one or more second terminals. In response to the second operation, the first terminal sends the file object corresponding to the file option to the receiving device.

通过本申请提供一种数据分享的方法,第一终端可以在用户选择要分享的图片、视频、文档等文件对象后,接收用的操作,触发测量并显示一个或多个第二设备的方向位置(包括方向与距离)。然后,第一终端接收用户的操作,从该一个或多个第二设备中选择出文件的接收设备,以触发第一终端将用户选中的文件对象发送给接收设备。这样,用户可以在通过第一终端分享文件数据给附近设备时,知晓附近设备的位置,便于用户确定文件数据的接收设备。This application provides a method for data sharing. After the user selects a file object such as a picture, video, or document to be shared, the first terminal can receive an operation to trigger measurement and display the direction and position of one or more second devices. (including direction and distance). Then, the first terminal receives the user's operation, and selects a file receiving device from the one or more second devices, so as to trigger the first terminal to send the file object selected by the user to the receiving device. In this way, the user can know the location of the nearby device when sharing the file data to the nearby device through the first terminal, which is convenient for the user to determine the receiving device of the file data.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端显示该一个或多个第二终端相对于该第一终端的方向和距离,具体包括:该第一终端显示该第一终端的位置标记和该一个或多个第二终端的位置标记。其中,该第二终端的位置标记相对应于该第一终端的位置标记的方向和距离由该第一终端的指南针角度以及该第二终端的位置信息确定。该第二操作包括:该用户针对该接收设备的位置标记的操作。In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal displays the direction and distance of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal, specifically including: the first terminal displays the position mark of the first terminal and the One or more location markers for the second terminal. Wherein, the direction and distance of the position mark of the second terminal relative to the position mark of the first terminal are determined by the compass angle of the first terminal and the position information of the second terminal. The second operation includes: the user's operation on the location marker of the receiving device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在该第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之前,该方法还包括:该第一终端通过BLE广播定位请求。其中,该第二终端接收到该定位请求时的BLE信号强度值RSSI高于指定信号强度阈值。这样,可以将距离第一终端较远的设备过滤掉,保证了文件传输的稳定性。In a possible implementation manner, before the first terminal acquires location information from one or more second terminals through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE, the method further includes: the first terminal broadcasts a positioning request through BLE. Wherein, the BLE signal strength value RSSI when the second terminal receives the positioning request is higher than a specified signal strength threshold. In this way, devices that are far away from the first terminal can be filtered out, ensuring the stability of file transmission.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在该第一终端发送该文件选项对应的文件对象给该接收设备之前,该方法包括:该第一终端发送数据分享请求给该接收设备。该接收设备响应于该数据分享请求,显示第一提示,用于提示用户确认接收该文件对象。这样,可以让用户在接收设备上确认是否接收第一终端发送的文件对象,避免接收终端接收到用户不想接收的数据。In a possible implementation manner, before the first terminal sends the file object corresponding to the file option to the receiving device, the method includes: the first terminal sends a data sharing request to the receiving device. In response to the data sharing request, the receiving device displays a first prompt for prompting the user to confirm receiving the file object. In this way, the user can confirm on the receiving device whether to receive the file object sent by the first terminal, preventing the receiving terminal from receiving data that the user does not want to receive.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接收设备响应于用户的确认接收操作,与该第一终端建立文件传输连接。其中该文件传输连接包括无线高保真点对点Wi-FiP2P连接或超宽带UWB连接。这样,通过Wi-Fi P2P或UWB传输文件,可以提高文件传输的效率。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the receiving device establishes a file transfer connection with the first terminal in response to the user's confirmation reception operation. The file transfer connection includes a wireless high-fidelity point-to-point Wi-Fi P2P connection or an ultra-wideband UWB connection. In this way, file transfer via Wi-Fi P2P or UWB can improve the efficiency of file transfer.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在该第一终端发送该文件选项对应的文件对象给该接收设备之前,该方法还包括:该第一终端显示第二提示,用于提示用户确认是否发送该文件选项对应的文件对象给该接收设备。该第一终端接收用户的确认发送操作。该第一终端发送该文件对象给该接收设备,具体包括:响应于该确认发送操作,该第一终端发送该文件对象给该接收设备。这样,可以防止用户在第一终端上由于误操作误发送了文件对象给其他设备,提高了容错性。In a possible implementation manner, before the first terminal sends the file object corresponding to the file option to the receiving device, the method further includes: the first terminal displays a second prompt for prompting the user to confirm whether to send the The file object corresponding to the file option is given to the receiving device. The first terminal receives the confirmation sending operation of the user. Sending the file object to the receiving device by the first terminal specifically includes: sending the file object to the receiving device by the first terminal in response to the sending confirmation operation. In this way, it is possible to prevent the user from sending the file object to other devices by mistake due to misoperation on the first terminal, thereby improving fault tolerance.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在该终端通过低功耗BLE获取一个或多个第二终端的位置信息之前,该方法还包括:该第一终端通过BLE广播发送到达角AoA广播包给该一个或多个第二终端。该第二终端在接收到该AoA广播包后,根据接收到该AoA广播包时的相位信息确定出该BLE信号AoA,并根据接收到该AoA广播包时的BLE RSSI确定出与该第一终端的距离。该第二终端通过BLE广播发送该BLE信号AoA、该第二终端与该第一终端的距离。In a possible implementation, before the terminal obtains the location information of one or more second terminals through low power consumption BLE, the method further includes: the first terminal sends an angle of arrival AoA broadcast packet to the one or more secondary terminals. After receiving the AoA broadcast packet, the second terminal determines the AoA of the BLE signal according to the phase information when receiving the AoA broadcast packet, and determines the connection with the first terminal according to the BLE RSSI when receiving the AoA broadcast packet. distance. The second terminal sends the BLE signal AoA and the distance between the second terminal and the first terminal through BLE broadcast.

第五方面,本申请提供了一种数据分享的方法,该方法包括:第一终端显示第一界面。该第一终端接收用户针对第一界面的滑动操作。响应于该滑动操作,该第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自一个或多个显示设备的位置信息。该第一终端根据该滑动操作的滑动方向、该第一终端的指南针角度以及该一个或多个显示的位置信息,从该一个或多个显示中确定出投屏设备。其中,在该一个或多个显示中,该投屏设备相对于该第一终端的方向与该滑动方向的夹角小于预设角度阈值。该投屏设备相对于该第一终端的方向由该第一终端的指南针角度以及该播放设备的位置信息确定。该第一终端将触控屏上的显示内容投屏至将该投屏设备上显示。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a data sharing method, which includes: displaying a first interface on a first terminal. The first terminal receives a user's sliding operation on the first interface. In response to the sliding operation, the first terminal acquires location information from one or more display devices through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE. The first terminal determines the screen projection device from the one or more displays according to the sliding direction of the sliding operation, the compass angle of the first terminal, and the location information of the one or more displays. Wherein, in the one or more displays, the included angle between the direction of the screen projection device relative to the first terminal and the sliding direction is smaller than a preset angle threshold. The direction of the screen projection device relative to the first terminal is determined by the compass angle of the first terminal and the position information of the playback device. The first terminal projects the display content on the touch screen to the screen projection device for display.

通过本申请提供的一种数据分享的方法,第一终端可以接收用户在第一界面(例如屏幕的主界面)的滑动操作(例如,三指滑动),将终端100的触控屏上的显示内容投屏至与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且在该方向上最近的显示设备。这样,可以简化用户投屏的操作步骤,提高了用户体验。Through a data sharing method provided in this application, the first terminal can receive the user's sliding operation (for example, three-finger sliding) on the first interface (such as the main interface of the screen), and display the information on the touch screen of the terminal 100 The content is projected to the nearest display device in the same direction as the sliding direction of the sliding operation. In this way, the operation steps for the user to cast a screen can be simplified, and the user experience is improved.

第六方面,本申请提供了一种数据分享的方法,该方法包括:第一终端显示音乐播放界面,该音乐播放界面中显示有用户选中待播放或正在播放的音乐文件。该第一终端接收用户的滑动操作。响应于该滑动操作,该第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自一个或多个音频设备的位置信息。该第一终端根据该滑动操作的滑动方向、该第一终端的指南针角度以及该一个或多个音频设备的位置信息,从该一个或多个音频设备中确定出播放设备。其中,在该一个或多个音频设备中,该播放设备相对于该第一终端的方向与该滑动方向的夹角小于预设角度阈值。该播放设备相对于该第一终端的方向由该第一终端的指南针角度以及该播放设备的位置信息确定。该第一终端与播放设备建立蓝牙连接。该第一终端可以将该音乐文件对应的音频数据发送至该音频设备上播放。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a method for data sharing, which includes: the first terminal displays a music playing interface, and the music playing interface displays music files selected by the user to be played or being played. The first terminal receives a user's sliding operation. In response to the sliding operation, the first terminal obtains location information from one or more audio devices through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE. The first terminal determines the playback device from the one or more audio devices according to the sliding direction of the sliding operation, the compass angle of the first terminal, and the location information of the one or more audio devices. Wherein, among the one or more audio devices, the included angle between the direction of the playback device relative to the first terminal and the sliding direction is smaller than a preset angle threshold. The direction of the playback device relative to the first terminal is determined by the compass angle of the first terminal and the position information of the playback device. The first terminal establishes a Bluetooth connection with the playback device. The first terminal can send the audio data corresponding to the music file to the audio device for playback.

通过本申请提供的一种数据分享的方法,第一终端可以接收用户在音乐播放界面的滑动操作(例如,三指滑动),将第一终端与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且在该方向上最近的音频设备建立蓝牙连接。建立蓝牙连接之后,第一终端可以将音频数据发送至该音频设备上播放。这样,可以简化用户选择音频设备播放音频数据的操作步骤,减少了用户针对第一终端和音频设备的配对连接操作,提高了用户体验。Through a data sharing method provided by this application, the first terminal can receive the user's sliding operation (for example, three-finger sliding) on the music playback interface, and the first terminal can be aligned with the sliding direction of the sliding operation and in this direction. The nearest audio device establishes a Bluetooth connection. After the Bluetooth connection is established, the first terminal can send audio data to the audio device for playback. In this way, the operation steps for the user to select the audio device to play audio data can be simplified, reducing the user's pairing and connection operations on the first terminal and the audio device, and improving user experience.

第七方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的数据分享的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including one or more processors and one or more memories. The one or more memories are coupled with one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, cause the communication device to perform A data sharing method in any possible implementation of any of the above aspects.

第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得通信装置执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的数据分享的方法。In the eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are run on the electronic device, cause the communication device to perform data sharing in any possible implementation of any of the above aspects. method.

第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的数据分享的方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the data sharing method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1A为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图1B为本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙协议的框架示意图;FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of the framework of a bluetooth protocol provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图2A为本申请实施例提供的一种显示设备的结构示意图;FIG. 2A is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图2B为本申请实施例提供的一种音频设备的结构示意图;FIG. 2B is a schematic structural diagram of an audio device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3A-图3D为本申请的相关技术中的一组界面示意图;3A-3D are a set of schematic diagrams of interfaces in the related art of the present application;

图4为本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图5A-5J为本申请实施例提供的一组界面示意图;Figures 5A-5J are a set of schematic diagrams of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图6A-6G为本申请另一实施例提供的一组界面示意图;6A-6G are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图7A-7F为本申请另一实施例提供的一组界面示意图;7A-7F are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图8A-8G为本申请另一实施例提供的一组界面示意图;8A-8G are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图9A-9J为本申请另一实施例提供的一组界面示意图;9A-9J are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图10A-10G为本申请另一实施例提供的一组界面示意图;10A-10G are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图11A-11F为本申请另一实施例提供的一组界面示意图;11A-11F are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图12为本申请另一实施例提供的一种系统架构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图13A-13C为本申请另一实施例提供的一组界面示意图;13A-13C are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图14为本申请另一实施例提供的一种系统架构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图15A-15E为本申请另一实施例提供的一组界面示意图;15A-15E are schematic diagrams of a set of interfaces provided by another embodiment of the present application;

图16为本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙AoA定位协议框架示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a Bluetooth AoA positioning protocol framework provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图17为本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙天线系统框架示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a bluetooth antenna system framework provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图18为本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙芯片系统架构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a bluetooth chip system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图19A-19B为本申请实施例提供的一组蓝牙标准协议交互示意图;19A-19B are schematic diagrams of a set of bluetooth standard protocol interactions provided by the embodiment of the present application;

图20为本申请实施例提供的一种终端相对位置示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a relative position of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图21为本申请实施例提供的一种蓝牙多天线测距流程示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a bluetooth multi-antenna ranging process provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图22为本申请实施例提供的一种数据分享方法的流程示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic flowchart of a data sharing method provided in the embodiment of the present application;

图23为本申请另一实施例提供的一种数据分享方法的流程示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a data sharing method provided by another embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清除、详尽地描述。其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;文本中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Among them, in the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or means, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in the text is only a description of associated objects The association relationship indicates that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiment of the present application , "plurality" means two or more than two.

以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为暗示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the "multiple" The meaning is two or more.

首先,介绍本申请以下实施例中提供的示例性的终端100First, introduce the exemplary terminal 100 provided in the following embodiments of this application

图1A示出了终端100的结构示意图。FIG. 1A shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 100 .

下面以终端100为例对实施例进行具体说明。应该理解的是,图1A所示终端100仅是一个范例,并且终端100可以具有比图1A中所示的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。The embodiment will be specifically described below by taking the terminal 100 as an example. It should be understood that the terminal 100 shown in FIG. 1A is only an example, and the terminal 100 may have more or fewer components than those shown in FIG. 1A , may combine two or more components, or may have Different component configurations. The various components shown in the figures may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.

终端100可以包括:处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线 (universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线 1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The terminal 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and A subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and the like. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.

可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对终端100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that, the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.

处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processingunit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor ( image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. . Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.

其中,控制器可以是终端100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。Wherein, the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the terminal 100 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.

处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110 中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.

在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuitsound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产��处理器接口(mobile��industry processor interface, MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purposeinput/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuitsound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous receiver transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver) /transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and/or Universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.

I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头 193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现终端100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL). In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal 100 .

I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 . In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.

PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.

UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 . For example: the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.

MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(displayserial interface, DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现终端100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现终端100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 . MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (displayserial interface, DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the terminal 100 . The processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal 100 .

GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S 接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured by software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and so on. The GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.

USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为终端100充电,也可以用于终端100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他终端,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it can be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the terminal 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other terminals, such as AR devices.

可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对终端100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,���多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the terminal 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.

充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过终端100 的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为终端供电。The charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger. Wherein, the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal 100. While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the terminal through the power management module 141 .

电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块 141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives the input of the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power for the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 . In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.

终端100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.

天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。终端100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in terminal 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.

移动通信模块150可以提供应用在终端100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(lownoise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块 150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150 的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.

调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In some other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.

无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端100上的包括无线局域网(wireless localarea networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequencymodulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the terminal 100 including wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system ( Global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.

在一些实施例中,终端100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块 160耦合,使得终端100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code divisionmultiple access, CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址 (time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE), BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(globalnavigation satellite system, GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigationsatellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统 (quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems, SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband code wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC, FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi-zenith) satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).

终端100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The terminal 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194, and the application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.

显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emittingdiode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrixorganic light emitting diode 的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emittingdiode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed, Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot lightemitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrixorganic light-emitting diode) , AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.

终端100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The terminal 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.

ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对���像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 . For example, when taking a picture, open the shutter, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .

摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体 (complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.

数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当终端100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.

视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。终端100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,终端100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. Terminal 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the terminal 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.

NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现终端100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。The NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By referring to the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process input information and continuously learn by itself. Applications such as intelligent cognition of the terminal 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.

外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展终端100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the terminal 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.

内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行终端100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储终端100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the terminal 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 . The internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data. Wherein, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like. The storage data area can store data created during the use of the terminal 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.

终端100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The terminal 100 may implement an audio function through an audio module 170 , a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.

音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110 中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal. The audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can be set in the processor 110, or some functional modules of the audio module 170 can be set in the processor 110.

扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。终端100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。Speaker 170A, also referred to as a "horn", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. Terminal 100 can listen to music through speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.

受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当终端100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。Receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the terminal 100 answers a phone call or voice information, the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to listen to the voice.

麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。终端100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,终端100可以设置两个麦克风 170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,终端100还可以设置三���,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a phone call or sending a voice message, the user can put his mouth close to the microphone 170C to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The terminal 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the terminal 100 can be provided with two microphones 170C, which can also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the terminal 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to realize sound signal collection, noise reduction, identify sound sources, realize directional recording functions, and the like.

耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm 的开放移动终端平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D can be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (open mobile terminal platform, OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.

压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。终端100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,终端100根据压力传感器180A 检测所述触摸操作强度。终端100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 . There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors. A capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The terminal 100 determines the strength of the pressure from the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the terminal 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The terminal 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to view short messages is executed. When a touch operation whose intensity is greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the icon of the short message application, the instruction of creating a new short message is executed.

陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定终端100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定终端100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测终端100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消终端100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the terminal 100 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the terminal 100 around three axes (ie, x, y and z axes) can be determined by the gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the terminal 100, and calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.

气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,终端100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.

磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。终端100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当终端100是翻盖机时,终端100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The terminal 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the terminal 100 is a clamshell machine, the terminal 100 can detect the opening and closing of the clamshell according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.

加速度传感器180E可检测终端100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当终端100 静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别终端姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the terminal 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the terminal 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to recognize terminal gestures, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.

距离传感器180F,���于测量距离。终端100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,终端100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。The distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance. The terminal 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the terminal 100 may use the distance sensor 180F for distance measurement to achieve fast focusing.

接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。终端100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。终端100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定终端100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,终端100可以确定终端100附近没有物体。终端100 可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持终端100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes. The light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes. The terminal 100 emits infrared light through the light emitting diode. The terminal 100 detects infrared reflected light from nearby objects using a photodiode. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the terminal 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal 100 may determine that there is no object near the terminal 100 . The terminal 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the terminal 100 close to the ear to make a call, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode.

环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。终端100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L 还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测终端100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used for sensing ambient light brightness. The terminal 100 may adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the terminal 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.

指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。终端100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The terminal 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access to the application lock, take pictures with fingerprints, answer incoming calls with fingerprints, and so on.

温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,终端100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,终端100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施��������。���另一些实施例中,当���度���于另一阈值时,终端100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致终端100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,终端100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to implement a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds the threshold, the terminal 100 executes reducing the performance of a processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.

触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于终端100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also known as "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .

骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined into a bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the vocal part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the voice function. The application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the heart rate detection function.

按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。终端100可以接收按键输入,产生与终端100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like. The key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button. The terminal 100 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal 100 .

马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate a vibrating reminder. The motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as taking pictures, playing audio, etc.) may correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 191 may also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 194 . Different application scenarios (for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.

指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.

SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和终端100的接触和分离。终端100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N 为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。终端100 通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,终端100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在终端100中,不能和终端100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card. The SIM card can be connected and separated from the terminal 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 . The terminal 100 can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards. The terminal 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calling and data communication. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the terminal 100 and cannot be separated from the terminal 100 .

终端100还可以包括有磁力计(图中未示出),又可称为电子罗盘、指南针,可用于检测磁场强度以及方向。The terminal 100 may also include a magnetometer (not shown in the figure), which may also be called an electronic compass or a compass, and may be used to detect magnetic field strength and direction.

下面介绍本申请中的一种蓝牙协议架构图。A bluetooth protocol architecture diagram in this application is introduced below.

如图1B所示,本申请实施例提供一种蓝牙协议框架,包括但不限于Host(主机)协议栈、HCI(Host Controller Interface)、控制器(controller)。As shown in FIG. 1B, the embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth protocol framework, including but not limited to Host (host) protocol stack, HCI (Host Controller Interface), and controller (controller).

其中,Host协议栈定义了蓝牙框架中的多个应用(profile)和核心协议(protocol),每个 profile定义了各自相应的消息格式与应用规则,profile是蓝牙服务(Application)。为了实现不同平台下的不同设备的互联互通,蓝牙协议为各种可能的、有通用意义的应用场景,都制定的了规范,如A2DP(advanced audio distributionprofile)、HFP(hands-free profile)等等。核心协议包括但不限于蓝牙基本的服务协议SDP(Service Discover Protocol)、逻辑链路控制和适配协议L2CAP(Logical LinkControl and Adaptation Protocol)等。核心协议是蓝牙协议栈中必不可少的。Among them, the Host protocol stack defines multiple applications (profiles) and core protocols (protocols) in the Bluetooth framework, and each profile defines its own corresponding message format and application rules, and a profile is a Bluetooth service (Application). In order to realize the interconnection and intercommunication of different devices under different platforms, the Bluetooth protocol has formulated specifications for various possible and general-purpose application scenarios, such as A2DP (advanced audio distribution profile), HFP (hands-free profile), etc. . Core protocols include, but are not limited to, the basic Bluetooth service protocol SDP (Service Discover Protocol), Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol L2CAP (Logical LinkControl and Adaptation Protocol), etc. The core protocol is essential in the Bluetooth protocol stack.

其中,HCI为上���协议���供了进入链路管理器的统一接口和进入基带的统一方式,在主机核心协议栈和控制器之间会存在若干传输层,这些传输层是透明的,完成传输数据的任务,蓝牙技术联盟(Bluetooth Special Interest Group,SIG)规定了四种与硬件连接的物理总线方式,即四种HCI传输层:USB、RS232、UART和PC卡。Among them, HCI provides a unified interface for the upper layer protocol to enter the link manager and a unified way to enter the baseband. There will be several transport layers between the host core protocol stack and the controller. These transport layers are transparent and complete the transmission of data. Task, the Bluetooth Special Interest Group (SIG) stipulates four physical bus methods connected to hardware, that is, four HCI transport layers: USB, RS232, UART and PC card.

其中,controller定义了底层硬件部分,包括无线射频(RF)、基带(BB)和链路管理(LM), RF层通过2.4GHz无需授权的ISM频段的微波,实现数据位流的过滤和传输,主要定义了蓝牙收发器在此频带正常工作所需要满足的条件。基带负责跳频以及蓝牙数据和信息帧的传输。链路管理负责连接、建立和拆除链路并进行安全控制。LM(Link Manager)层是蓝牙协议栈的链路管理层协议,负责将上层HCI命令翻译成基带能接受的操作,建立异步链路(asynchronous connection-oriented link,ACL)和同步链路(synchronous connection-oriented/extended,SCO)以及使蓝牙设备进入节能状态的工作模式等。LC(Link Control)层负责在一批数据包传送期间,响应上层LM命令(如执行建立数据包的传输链路, 维持链路等功能的LM命令)。Among them, the controller defines the underlying hardware part, including radio frequency (RF), baseband (BB) and link management (LM). The RF layer realizes the filtering and transmission of the data bit stream through the microwave of the 2.4GHz unlicensed ISM frequency band. It mainly defines the conditions that the Bluetooth transceiver needs to meet to work normally in this frequency band. The baseband is responsible for frequency hopping and transmission of Bluetooth data and information frames. Link management is responsible for connecting, establishing and tearing down links and performing security controls. The LM (Link Manager) layer is the link management protocol of the Bluetooth protocol stack. It is responsible for translating the upper-layer HCI commands into operations acceptable to the baseband, and establishing an asynchronous connection-oriented link (ACL) and a synchronous connection. -oriented/extended, SCO) and the working mode that makes the Bluetooth device enter the energy-saving state, etc. The LC (Link Control) layer is responsible for responding to upper-layer LM commands during the transmission of a batch of data packets (such as executing LM commands for establishing a transmission link for data packets, maintaining links, etc.).

本申请实施例所述的方法由图1A所示的终端100的无线通信模块160来实现的部分内容,具体可以是蓝牙模块或者是蓝牙芯片来执行。Part of the content of the method described in the embodiment of the present application is implemented by the wireless communication module 160 of the terminal 100 shown in FIG. 1A , specifically, it may be performed by a Bluetooth module or a Bluetooth chip.

图2A示例性的示出了本申请实施例提供的显示设备200的结构示意图。FIG. 2A exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a display device 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

下面以显示设备200为例对实施例进行具体说明。应该理解的是,图2A所示显示设备 200仅是一个范例,并且显示设备200可以具有比图2A中所示的更多或更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现,The embodiment will be specifically described below by taking the display device 200 as an example. It should be understood that the display device 200 shown in FIG. 2A is only one example, and that the display device 200 may have more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 2A , may combine two or more components, or may with different part configurations. The various components shown in the figures may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits,

如图2A所示,显示设备200可以包括:处理器201,存储器202,无线通信处理模块203,天线204,电源开关205,有线LAN通信处理模块206,HDMI通信处理模块207,USB通信处理模块208,显示屏209,音频模块210。其中:As shown in Figure 2A, the display device 200 may include: a processor 201, a memory 202, a wireless communication processing module 203, an antenna 204, a power switch 205, a wired LAN communication processing module 206, an HDMI communication processing module 207, and a USB communication processing module 208 , a display screen 209 , and an audio module 210 . in:

处理器201可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体实现中,处理器201可主要包括控制器、运算器和寄存器。其中,控制器主要负责指令译码,并为指令对应的操作发出控制信号。运算器主要负责保存指令执行过程中临时存放的寄存器操作数和中间操作结果等。具体实现中,处理器201的硬件架构可以是专用集成电路(ASIC)架构、MIPS架构、ARM架构或者NP架构等等。Processor 201 may be used to read and execute computer readable instructions. In a specific implementation, the processor 201 may mainly include a controller, an arithmetic unit, and a register. Among them, the controller is mainly responsible for instruction decoding, and sends out control signals for the operations corresponding to the instructions. The arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for saving the register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during the execution of the instruction. In a specific implementation, the hardware architecture of the processor 201 may be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) architecture, a MIPS architecture, an ARM architecture, or an NP architecture, and so on.

在一些实施例中,处理器201可以用于解析无线通信模块203和/或有线LAN通信处理模块206接收到的信号,如终端100广播的探测请求,等等。处理201可以用于根据解析结果进行相应的处理操作,如生成探测响应,等等。In some embodiments, the processor 201 may be configured to analyze signals received by the wireless communication module 203 and/or the wired LAN communication processing module 206, such as probe requests broadcast by the terminal 100, and the like. Processing 201 may be used to perform corresponding processing operations according to the parsing result, such as generating a probe response, and so on.

在一些实施例中,处理器201还可用于生成无线通信模块203和/或有线LAN通信处理模块206向外发送的信号,如蓝牙广播信号、信标信号。In some embodiments, the processor 201 may also be configured to generate signals sent by the wireless communication module 203 and/or the wired LAN communication processing module 206 , such as Bluetooth broadcast signals and beacon signals.

存储器202与处理器201耦合,用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。具体实现中,存储器202可包括高速随机存取的存储器,并且也可包括非易失性存储器,例如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。存储器202可以存储操作系统,例如uCOS,VxWorks、RTLinux等嵌入式操作系统。存储器202还可以存储通信程序,该通信程序可用于终端100,一个或多个服务器,或附件设备进行通信。The memory 202 is coupled with the processor 201 for storing various software programs and/or sets of instructions. In a specific implementation, the memory 202 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 202 can store operating systems, such as embedded operating systems such as uCOS, VxWorks, and RTLinux. The memory 202 can also store a communication program, which can be used by the terminal 100, one or more servers, or an accessory device to communicate.

无线通信模块203可以包括蓝牙通信模块203A、WLAN通信模块203B、红外线通信模块204C中的一项或多项。其���,蓝牙通信模块203A可以包括经典蓝牙(BT)模块和低功耗蓝牙(BLE)模块���The wireless communication module 203 may include one or more of a Bluetooth communication module 203A, a WLAN communication module 203B, and an infrared communication module 204C. Wherein, the bluetooth communication module 203A may include a classic bluetooth (BT) module and a low-power bluetooth (BLE) module,

在一些实施例中,蓝牙通信模块203A、WLAN通信模块203B、红外线通信模块204C中的一项或多项可以监听到其他设备(如终端100)发射的信号,如探测请求、扫描信号等等,并可以发送响应信号,如探测响应、扫描响应等,使得其他设备(如终端100)可以发现显示设备200,并与其他设备(如终端100)建立无线通信连接,通过蓝牙、WLAN或红外线中的一种或多种无线通信技术与其他设备(如终端100)进行通信。In some embodiments, one or more of the Bluetooth communication module 203A, the WLAN communication module 203B, and the infrared communication module 204C can monitor signals transmitted by other devices (such as the terminal 100), such as detection requests, scanning signals, etc., And can send a response signal, such as detection response, scanning response, etc., so that other devices (such as terminal 100) can find the display device 200, and establish a wireless communication connection with other devices (such as terminal 100), through Bluetooth, WLAN or infrared One or more wireless communication technologies communicate with other devices such as terminal 100 .

在另一些实施例中,蓝牙通信模块203A、WLAN通信模块203B、红外线通信模块203C中的一项或多项也可以发射信号,如广播蓝牙信号、信标信号,使得其他设备(如终端100)可以发现显示设备200,并与其他设备(如电子设备100)建立无线通信连接,通过蓝牙或WLAN中的一种或多种无线通信技术与其他设备(如电子设备100)进行通信。In other embodiments, one or more of the Bluetooth communication module 203A, the WLAN communication module 203B, and the infrared communication module 203C can also transmit signals, such as broadcasting Bluetooth signals and beacon signals, so that other devices (such as the terminal 100) The display device 200 can be discovered, and establish a wireless communication connection with other devices (such as the electronic device 100 ), and communicate with other devices (such as the electronic device 100 ) through one or more wireless communication technologies in Bluetooth or WLAN.

无线通信模块203还可以包括蜂窝移动通信模块(未示出)。蜂窝移动通信处理模块可以通过蜂窝移动通信技术与其他设备(如服务器)进行通信。The wireless communication module 203 may also include a cellular mobile communication module (not shown). The cellular mobile communication processing module can communicate with other devices (such as servers) through cellular mobile communication technology.

显示设备200的无线通信功能可以通过天线204,无线通信模块203,调制解调处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the display device 200 can be realized by the antenna 204, the wireless communication module 203, the modem processor and the like.

天线204可用于发射和接收电磁波信号。显示设备200中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将WLAN通信模块203B的天线复用为蓝牙通信模块203A的天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 204 can be used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in display device 200 can be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas. For example: the antenna of the WLAN communication module 203B can be multiplexed as the antenna of the Bluetooth communication module 203A. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.

在一些实施例中蓝牙通信模块203A的天线可以有一个或多个,当蓝牙通信模块203A的天线3根及以上时,即可实现显示设备200测量终端100发送的蓝牙信号的到达角度(angle of arrival,AoA)。In some embodiments, there may be one or more antennas of the Bluetooth communication module 203A. When there are three or more antennas of the Bluetooth communication module 203A, the display device 200 can measure the angle of arrival (angle of arrival) of the Bluetooth signal sent by the terminal 100. arrival, AoA).

电源开关205可用于控制电源向显示设备200的供电。The power switch 205 can be used to control the power supply of the power supply to the display device 200 .

有线LAN通信处理模块206可用于通过有线LAN和同一个LAN中的其他设备进行通信,还可用于通过有线LAN连接到WAN,可与WAN中的设备通信。The wired LAN communication processing module 206 can be used to communicate with other devices in the same LAN through the wired LAN, and can also be used to connect to the WAN through the wired LAN, and can communicate with devices in the WAN.

HDMI通信处理模块207可用于通过HDMI接口(未示出)与其他设备进行通信。The HDMI communication processing module 207 can be used to communicate with other devices through an HDMI interface (not shown).

USB通信处理模块208可用于通过USB接口(未示出)与其他设备进行通信。The USB communication processing module 208 can be used to communicate with other devices through a USB interface (not shown).

显示屏209可用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏129可以采用液晶显示屏(liquidcrystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED)显示屏,有源矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode,AMOLED)显示屏,柔性发光二极管 (flexible light-emitting diode,FLED)显示屏,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)显示屏等等。The display screen 209 can be used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 129 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display, an active-matrix organic light emitting diode (AMOLED) display screen, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED) display, quantum dot light emitting diodes (QLED) display, etc.

音频模块210可用于通过音频输出接口输出音频信号,这样可使得显示设备200支持音频播放。音频模块还可用于通过音频输入接口接收音频数据。显示设备200可以为电视机等媒体播放设备。The audio module 210 can be used to output audio signals through the audio output interface, so that the display device 200 can support audio playback. The audio module can also be used to receive audio data through the audio input interface. The display device 200 may be a media playback device such as a television.

在一些实施例中,显示设备200还可以包括RS-232接口等串行接口。该串行接口可连接至其他设备,如音箱等音频外放设备,使得显示器和音频外放设备协作播放音视频。In some embodiments, the display device 200 may also include a serial interface such as an RS-232 interface. The serial interface can be connected to other devices, such as audio speakers and other external audio devices, so that the display and audio external devices cooperate to play audio and video.

可以理解的是图2A示意的结构并不构成对显示设备200的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,显示设备200可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure shown in FIG. 2A does not constitute a specific limitation on the display device 200 . In other embodiments of the present application, the display device 200 may include more or fewer components than shown in the illustration, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.

本申请实施例所述的方法中,显示设备200的使用的蓝牙协议框架可以参考上述图1B 所示,在此不再赘述。In the method described in the embodiment of the present application, the Bluetooth protocol framework used by the display device 200 can refer to the above-mentioned FIG. 1B , which will not be repeated here.

显示设备200还可以包括有磁力计211,又可称为电子罗盘、指南针,可用于检测磁场强度以及方向。The display device 200 may further include a magnetometer 211 , which may also be called an electronic compass or a compass, and may be used to detect magnetic field strength and direction.

图2B示例性的示出了本申请实施例提供的音频设备220的结构示意图。FIG. 2B exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of an audio device 220 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

下面以音频设备220为例对实施例进行具体说明。应该理解的是,图2B所示音频设备 220仅是一个范例,并且音频设备220可以具有比图2B中所示的更多或更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现,The embodiment will be specifically described below by taking the audio device 220 as an example. It should be understood that the audio device 220 shown in FIG. 2B is only one example, and that the audio device 220 may have more or fewer components than shown in FIG. 2B , may combine two or more components, or may with different part configurations. The various components shown in the figures may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits,

如图2B所示,音频设备220可以包括:处理器221,存储器222,蓝牙通信模块223,天线224,电源开关225,USB通信处理模块226,音频模块227。其中:As shown in FIG. 2B , the audio device 220 may include: a processor 221 , a memory 222 , a Bluetooth communication module 223 , an antenna 224 , a power switch 225 , a USB communication processing module 226 , and an audio module 227 . in:

处理器221可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体实现中,处理器221可主要包括控制器、运算器和寄存器。其中,控制器主要负责指令译码,并为指令对应的操作发出控制信号。运算器主要负责保存指令执行过程中临时存放的寄存器操作数和中间操作结果等。具体实现中,处理器221的硬件架构可以是专用集成电路(ASIC)架构、MIPS架构、ARM架构或者NP架构等等。Processor 221 may be used to read and execute computer readable instructions. In a specific implementation, the processor 221 may mainly include a controller, an arithmetic unit, and a register. Among them, the controller is mainly responsible for instruction decoding, and sends out control signals for the operations corresponding to the instructions. The arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for saving the register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during the execution of the instruction. In a specific implementation, the hardware architecture of the processor 221 may be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) architecture, a MIPS architecture, an ARM architecture, or an NP architecture, and the like.

在一些实施例中,处理器221可以用于解析蓝牙通信处理模块223接收到的信号,等等。处理221可以用于根据解析结果进行相应的处理操作等等。In some embodiments, the processor 221 can be used to analyze the signal received by the Bluetooth communication processing module 223, and so on. Processing 221 may be used to perform corresponding processing operations and so on according to the parsing results.

存储器222与处理器221耦合,用于存储各种软件程序和/或多组指令。具体实现中,存储器222可包括高速随机存取的存储器,并且也可包括非易失性存储器,例如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其他非易失性固态存储设备。存储器222可以存储操作系统,例如 uCOS,VxWorks、RTLinux等嵌入式操作系统。存储器222还可以存储通信程序,该通信程序可用于与终端100,一个或多个服务器,或其他设备进行通信。The memory 222 is coupled with the processor 221 for storing various software programs and/or sets of instructions. In a specific implementation, the memory 222 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. Memory 222 can store operating systems, such as embedded operating systems such as uCOS, VxWorks, RTLinux. The memory 222 can also store a communication program, which can be used to communicate with the terminal 100, one or more servers, or other devices.

蓝牙通信模块223可以包括经典蓝牙(BT)模块和低功耗蓝牙(BLE)模块,The Bluetooth communication module 223 may include a classic Bluetooth (BT) module and a Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) module,

在一些实施例中,蓝牙通信模块223、可以监听到其他设备(如终端100)发射的信号,如探测请求、扫描信号等等,并可以发送响应信号、扫描响应等,使得其他设备(如终端100) 可以发现音频设备220,并与其他设备(如终端100)建立无线通信连接,通过蓝牙与其他设备(如终端100)进行通信。In some embodiments, the Bluetooth communication module 223 can listen to signals transmitted by other devices (such as terminal 100), such as detection requests, scanning signals, etc., and can send response signals, scanning responses, etc., so that other devices (such as terminal 100) 100) The audio device 220 can be discovered, and a wireless communication connection can be established with other devices (such as the terminal 100), and communicate with other devices (such as the terminal 100) through Bluetooth.

在另一些实施例中,蓝牙通信模块223也可以发射信号,如广播BLE信号,使得其他设备(如终端100)可以发现音频设备220,并与其他设备(如终端100)建立无线通信连接,通过蓝牙与其他设备(如终端100)进行通信。In other embodiments, the Bluetooth communication module 223 can also transmit signals, such as broadcasting BLE signals, so that other devices (such as the terminal 100) can discover the audio device 220, and establish a wireless communication connection with other devices (such as the terminal 100), through Bluetooth communicates with other devices (such as the terminal 100).

音频设备220的无线通信功能可以通过天线224,蓝牙通信模块223,调制解调处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the audio device 220 can be realized by the antenna 224, the Bluetooth communication module 223, the modem processor and the like.

天线224可用于发射和接收电磁波信号。音频设备220中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。The antenna 224 can be used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in audio device 220 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands.

在一些实施例中蓝牙通信模块223的天线224可以有三个。In some embodiments, there may be three antennas 224 of the Bluetooth communication module 223 .

电源开关225可用于控制电源向音频设备220的供电。The power switch 225 can be used to control power supply to the audio device 220 .

USB通信处理模块206可用于通过USB接口(未示出)与其他设备进行通信。The USB communication processing module 206 can be used to communicate with other devices through a USB interface (not shown).

音频模块226可用于通过音频输出接口输出音频信号,这样可使得音频设备220支持音频播放。音频模块还可用于通过音频输入接口接收音频数据。音频设备220可以为蓝牙耳机等媒体播放设备。The audio module 226 can be used to output audio signals through the audio output interface, so that the audio device 220 can support audio playback. The audio module can also be used to receive audio data through the audio input interface. The audio device 220 may be a media playback device such as a Bluetooth headset.

在一些实施例中,音频设备220还可以包括显示屏(未示出),其中,该显示屏可用于显示图像,提示信息等。显示屏可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED)显示屏,有源矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode,AMOLED)显示屏,柔性发光二极管(flexible light-emitting diode,FLED)显示屏,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot lightemitting diodes,QLED)显示屏等等。In some embodiments, the audio device 220 may further include a display screen (not shown), where the display screen may be used to display images, prompt information and the like. The display screen can adopt liquid crystal display (liquid crystal display, LCD), organic light-emitting diode (organic light-emitting diode, OLED) display, active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED) display screen, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED) display, quantum dot light-emitting diodes (QLED) display, etc.

在一些实施例中,音频设备220还可以包括RS-232接口等串行接口。该串行接口可连接至其他设备,如音箱等音频外放设备,使得音频设备220和音频外放设备协作播放音视频。In some embodiments, the audio device 220 may also include a serial interface such as an RS-232 interface. The serial interface can be connected to other devices, such as audio speakers and other external audio devices, so that the audio device 220 and the external audio device cooperate to play audio and video.

音频设备220还可以包括有磁力计228,又可称为电子罗盘、指南针,可用于检测磁场强度以及方向。The audio device 220 may also include a magnetometer 228, which may also be called an electronic compass or a compass, and may be used to detect magnetic field strength and direction.

可以理解的是图2B示意的结构并不构成对音频设备220的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,音频设备220可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure shown in FIG. 2B does not constitute a specific limitation on the audio device 220 . In some other embodiments of the present application, the audio device 220 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or separate some components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.

本申请实施例所述的方法中,音频设备220使用的蓝牙协议框架可以参考上述图1B所示,在此不再赘述。In the method described in the embodiment of the present application, the Bluetooth protocol framework used by the audio device 220 may refer to the above-mentioned FIG. 1B , which will not be repeated here.

下面介绍本申请的相关技术中的数据分享过程。The following describes the data sharing process in the related art of the present application.

以分享图片类文件为例:Take sharing image files as an example:

1、首先,用户需要打开终端上的图库应用的用户界面。1. First, the user needs to open the user interface of the gallery application on the terminal.

图3A示例性示出了智能手机等终端显示的图库应用的用户界面310。“图库”是智能手机、平板电脑等终端上的一款图片管理的应用程序,又可以被称为“相册”。其中,该图库应用的用户界面310中包括有一个或多张图片的缩略图。FIG. 3A exemplarily shows a user interface 310 of a gallery application displayed on a terminal such as a smart phone. "Gallery" is a photo management application on terminals such as smartphones and tablets, and it can also be called "album". Wherein, the user interface 310 of the gallery application includes thumbnails of one or more pictures.

2、用户打开图库应用中的图片展示界面。2. The user opens the picture display interface in the gallery application.

终端可以接收用户针对图3A中缩略图311的输入操作(例如单击),响应于该输入操作,终端可以显示如图3B所示的图片展示界面320。The terminal may receive a user's input operation (for example, click) on the thumbnail image 311 in FIG. 3A , and in response to the input operation, the terminal may display a picture presentation interface 320 as shown in FIG. 3B .

如图3B所示,该图片展示界面320中包括有图片326、分享按钮321、收藏按钮322、编辑按钮323、删除按钮324、更多按钮325。该图片326可以有标题,例如,“2019年7月 15日”。其中,分享按钮321可用于触发打开图片分享界面。收藏按钮322可用于触发收藏该图片326到图片收藏文件夹。编辑按钮323可用于触发对图片326的旋转、修剪、增加滤镜、虚化等编辑功能。删除按钮324可用于触发删除该图片326。更多按钮325可用于触发打开更多与图片相关的功能。As shown in FIG. 3B , the picture display interface 320 includes a picture 326 , a share button 321 , a favorite button 322 , an edit button 323 , a delete button 324 , and a more button 325 . The picture 326 may have a caption, for example, "July 15, 2019". Wherein, the sharing button 321 can be used to trigger opening of the picture sharing interface. The favorite button 322 can be used to trigger saving the picture 326 to the picture collection folder. The editing button 323 can be used to trigger editing functions such as rotating, cropping, adding a filter, blurring, etc. to the picture 326 . A delete button 324 can be used to trigger deletion of the picture 326 . The more button 325 can be used to trigger opening more picture-related functions.

3、用户点选图片展示界面中的分享按钮,打开图片分享界面。3. The user clicks the share button in the picture display interface to open the picture sharing interface.

终端可以接收用户针对图3B中分享按钮321的输入操作(例如单击),响应于该输入操作,终端可以显示如图3C所示的文件分享界面330。The terminal may receive a user's input operation (for example, click) on the share button 321 in FIG. 3B , and in response to the input operation, the terminal may display a file sharing interface 330 as shown in FIG. 3C .

如图3C所示,该文件分享界面330包括区域331、区域337和区域339。其中:As shown in FIG. 3C , the file sharing interface 330 includes an area 331 , an area 337 and an area 339 . in:

区域331可用于显示图库中的一个或多个图片或视频,这一个或多个图片或视频中可以包括用户选择的图片或视频,例如已选定图片332。其中,已选定图片332上可以显示有标记334,标记334可用于表示其对应的图片332被终端选定(也即图片已被用户选择)。区域 331中还可以显示有控件335和控件336,上述两个控件(控件335和控件336)可用于切换或更新区域331中显示的图片。该区域331中显示的图片或视频画面可以是缩略图。区域331中显示的图片或视频画面对应的原图可以存储于终端上。The area 331 can be used to display one or more pictures or videos in the gallery, and the one or more pictures or videos can include pictures or videos selected by the user, such as the selected picture 332 . Wherein, a mark 334 may be displayed on the selected picture 332, and the mark 334 may be used to indicate that the corresponding picture 332 is selected by the terminal (that is, the picture has been selected by the user). A control 335 and a control 336 can also be displayed in the area 331, and the above two controls (the control 335 and the control 336) can be used to switch or update the picture displayed in the area 331. The pictures or video frames displayed in the area 331 may be thumbnails. The original picture corresponding to the picture or video picture displayed in the area 331 may be stored on the terminal.

区域337可用于显示终端发现的附近设备选项,以及一个或多个用户选项。该用户选项对应终端发现的附近设备。其中,终端在正在搜索附近的设备时们可以在区域337中显示搜索提示338(例如,“正在发现附近的设备,对方需要开启蓝牙、WLAN”等文字提示)。Area 337 may be used to display nearby device options discovered by the terminal, as well as one or more user options. The user option corresponds to nearby devices discovered by the terminal. Wherein, when the terminal is searching for nearby devices, they can display a search prompt 338 in the area 337 (for example, text prompts such as "discovering nearby devices, the other party needs to turn on Bluetooth and WLAN").

区域339中可以显示有一个或多个服务选项(例如,微信图标、朋友圈图标、推特图标、脸书图标、邮件图标、QQ图标、信息图标、WLAN直连图标,等)。服务选项对应的应用程序或协议可支持分享用户选择的图片至������人或服务器。用户可以通过服务选项对应的应用程序或协议进行数据分享。例如将选择的图片分享至微信的一个或多个联系人,又例如将选择的图片分享至脸书的动态发布平台(即服务器)。One or more service options may be displayed in area 339 (for example, WeChat icon, circle of friends icon, twitter icon, facebook icon, mail icon, QQ icon, information icon, WLAN direct connection icon, etc.). The application program or protocol corresponding to the service option can support sharing the picture selected by the user to a contact or a server. Users can share data through the application or protocol corresponding to the service option. For example, the selected picture is shared with one or more contacts in WeChat, and the selected picture is shared with Facebook's dynamic publishing platform (ie, the server).

4、用户可在终端搜索到附近的设备后,点击图片分享界面中的附近设备选项,分享选中的图片给附近设备。4. After the terminal searches for nearby devices, the user can click the nearby device option in the picture sharing interface to share the selected pictures to nearby devices.

如图3D所示,终端在搜索到附近的设备后可以在区域337中显示附近设备选项或附近设备对应的用户选项,例如,用户选项341(用户名称为“Lisa”)。As shown in FIG. 3D , after searching for nearby devices, the terminal may display nearby device options or user options corresponding to nearby devices in area 337 , for example, user options 341 (user name is "Lisa").

终端可以接收用户针对该用户选项341的输入操作(例如单击),响应于该输入操作,终端可以与该用户选项341对应的设备建立通信连接,然后通过该通信连接向该用户选项对应的设备传输已选定的图片。The terminal can receive the user's input operation (for example, click) on the user option 341, and in response to the input operation, the terminal can establish a communication connection with the device corresponding to the user option 341, and then communicate with the device corresponding to the user option through the communication connection. Transfer selected pictures.

通过上述相关技术中的数据分享过程,可以看出,用户在终端上分享图片等文件给附近设备的操作过程比较繁琐,影响用户体验。Through the data sharing process in the above related technologies, it can be seen that the operation process for users to share pictures and other files to nearby devices on the terminal is relatively cumbersome, which affects user experience.

因此,本申请提供一种数据分享的方法,终端可以通过在文件展示界面(例如,显示有图片、视频和文档等文件对象的展示界面)中接收用户的滑动操作,并检测该滑动操作的滑动方向。终端可以响应于该滑动操作,通过低功耗蓝牙(Bluetooth Low Energy,BLE)AoA 测量技术,测量附近设备相对于终端的方向位置(包括方向和距离)。然后,终端可以确定出相对于终端的方向与上述滑动操作的滑动方向一致且最近的附近设备,并将该文件展示界面中的文件对象发送给方向位置与滑动方向一致且在该方向上最近的附近设备。这样,可以简化用户分享文件数据(例如图片、视频、文档等)的操作步骤,给用户提供了方便。Therefore, the present application provides a method for data sharing. The terminal can receive the user's sliding operation in the file display interface (for example, the display interface displaying file objects such as pictures, videos, and documents), and detect the sliding operation of the sliding operation. direction. In response to the sliding operation, the terminal can measure the direction position (including direction and distance) of nearby devices relative to the terminal through Bluetooth Low Energy (Bluetooth Low Energy, BLE) AoA measurement technology. Then, the terminal can determine the closest nearby device whose direction relative to the terminal is consistent with the sliding direction of the above-mentioned sliding operation, and send the file object in the file display interface to the closest nearby devices. In this way, the operation steps for users to share file data (such as pictures, videos, documents, etc.) can be simplified, which provides convenience for users.

下面结合应用场景,介绍本申请中提供的一种数据分享的方法。The following describes a data sharing method provided in this application in combination with application scenarios.

首先,介绍一种应用场景中的系统架构图。First, a system architecture diagram in an application scenario is introduced.

请参照图4,为本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构图。如图4所示,该系统40包括有终端100和附近设备。附近设备包括终端101、终端102和终端103,等等。其中,该图4中示例性的示出了本申请的一些应用场景中,终端100与终端101在终端102、终端103的在水平面上的位置关系。Please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4 , the system 40 includes a terminal 100 and nearby devices. Nearby devices include terminal 101, terminal 102, terminal 103, and so on. Wherein, FIG. 4 exemplarily shows the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and the terminal 101 on the horizontal plane of the terminal 102 and the terminal 103 in some application scenarios of the present application.

在本申请的后续实施例中,为了便于说明终端100与附近设备的位置关系,可以将设备的上的以参考点(例如,可以是中心位置点)表示其在平面图中的位置。例如,可以用终端 100的中心位置点,代表其在水平面中的位置。本申请实施例中,可以将终端100的中心位置点为起始点垂直于终端100触控屏的上边缘的向量所指方向,作为终端100的基准方向,也可以称为终端100的0度方向。In subsequent embodiments of the present application, in order to illustrate the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and nearby devices, a reference point (for example, a central position point) on the device may be used to indicate its position in the plan view. For example, the center position point of the terminal 100 may be used to represent its position in the horizontal plane. In the embodiment of the present application, the center position of the terminal 100 can be taken as the direction pointed by the vector whose starting point is perpendicular to the upper edge of the touch screen of the terminal 100, as the reference direction of the terminal 100, which can also be called the 0-degree direction of the terminal 100 .

因此,如图4所示,终端101可以在终端100的顺时针315度方向0.8m处,终端102可以在终端100的顺时针45度方向1.2m处,终端103可以在终端100的顺时针90度方向0.5m处。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4 , terminal 101 can be at 0.8m in a clockwise direction of 315° from terminal 100, terminal 102 can be at 1.2m in a clockwise direction of 45° from terminal 100, and terminal 103 can be at 90° clockwise from terminal 100. 0.5m in the degree direction.

在本申请实施例中,终端100的附近设备可以不限于上述图4中的三个,还可以有更多或更少,图4中只是示例性的以三个附近设备解释本申请,不应构成限定。上述图4中示例性的示出了上述三个附近设备(终端101、终端102和终端103)与终端100的相对位置关系,仅仅示例性的解释本申请实施例,不应构成限定。In this embodiment of the application, the nearby devices of the terminal 100 may not be limited to the three shown in FIG. constituting a limit. The relative positional relationship between the above three nearby devices (terminal 101 , terminal 102 and terminal 103 ) and terminal 100 is exemplarily shown in the above FIG. 4 , which is only an exemplification for explaining the embodiment of the present application and should not be construed as a limitation.

上述图4中的终端100、终端101、终端102和终端103可以是智能手机、平板电脑等终端。其中,终端100的结构示意图可以参考上述图1A所示实施例。终端101、终端102和终端103的结构也可以参考终端100,且终端101、终端102和终端103,在此不再赘述。The terminal 100, the terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103 in FIG. 4 above may be terminals such as smart phones and tablet computers. For the schematic structural diagram of the terminal 100, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1A above. The structures of the terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103 may also refer to the terminal 100, and the terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103 will not be repeated here.

在一些应用场景中,用户在触发打开图片、视频、文档等文件后,可以在图片、视频、文档等文件对象的展示界面上,通过滑动操作(例如三指滑动),将该图片或视频等文件对象发送给与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且该方向上最近的附近设备。这样,可以简化用户分享文件数据的操作步骤,提高分享文件数据给附近设备的效率。In some application scenarios, after the user triggers to open files such as pictures, videos, documents, etc., on the display interface of file objects such as pictures, videos, documents, etc., he can slide the picture or video, etc. The file object is sent to the nearest nearby device that is consistent with the sliding direction of the sliding operation. In this way, the operation steps for users to share file data can be simplified, and the efficiency of sharing file data to nearby devices can be improved.

在图5A-图5J示例性示出的UI实施例中,用户可以触发打开终端100上图库应用中的图片后,通过滑动操作,将该图片发送给与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且较近的附近设备。In the UI example shown in Fig. 5A-Fig. 5J, the user can trigger to open the picture in the gallery application on the terminal 100, and then send the picture to the nearby devices.

如图5A所示,终端100可以显示有主屏幕的界面510,该界面510中显示了一个放������应用图标的������,���页面包括多个应用图标(例如,天气应用图标、股票应用图标、计算器应用图标、设置应用图标512A、邮件应用图标、支付宝应用图标、脸书应用图标、浏览器应用图标、图库应用图标512B、音乐应用图标512C、视频应用图标、微信应用图标512D、查找我的设备应用图标512E,等等)。多个应用图标下方还显示包括有页面指示符,以表明当前显示的页面与其他页面的位置关系。页面指示符的下方有多个托盘图标(例如拨号应用图标、信息应用图标、联系人应用图标、相机应用图标),托盘图标在页面切换时保持显示。在一些实施例中,上述页面也可以包括多个应用图标和页面指示符,页面指示符可以不是页面的一部分,单独存在,上述图片图标也是可选的,本申请实施例对此不作限制。在该界面510 的上方部分区域显示有状态栏511,该状态栏511可以包括:移动通信信号(又可称为蜂窝信号)的一个或多个信号强度指示符,电池状态指示符,时间指示符,等等。当终端开启蓝牙功能后,该状态栏511中还可以显示出蓝牙开启指示符。在托盘图标下方显示有导航栏516,该导航栏516可包括:返回按键517、主界面(Home screen)按键518、呼出任务历史按键 519等等系统导航键。当检测到用户点击返回按键517时,终端100可显示当前页面的上一个页面。当检测到用户点击主界面按键518时,终端100可显示主界面。当检测到用户点击呼出任务历史按键519时,终端100可显示用户最近打开的任务。各导航键的命名还可以为其他,本申请对此不做限制。不限于虚拟按键,导航栏516中的各导航键也可以实现为物理按键。在一些实施例中,导航栏516也是可选的,用户可以通过其他操作完成导航栏516 中各导航键的功能。As shown in FIG. 5A , the terminal 100 may display an interface 510 with a home screen, and a page on which application icons are placed is displayed in the interface 510, and the page includes multiple application icons (for example, a weather application icon, a stock application icon, a calculation icon, etc.) Device application icon, setting application icon 512A, mail application icon, Alipay application icon, Facebook application icon, browser application icon, gallery application icon 512B, music application icon 512C, video application icon, WeChat application icon 512D, find my device application icon 512E, etc.). A page indicator is also displayed under the multiple application icons to indicate the positional relationship between the currently displayed page and other pages. There are multiple tray icons (such as a dialer application icon, a messaging application icon, a contacts application icon, and a camera application icon) below the page indicator, and the tray icons remain displayed when the page is switched. In some embodiments, the above-mentioned page may also include multiple application icons and page indicators, and the page indicator may not be a part of the page, but exists independently. The above-mentioned picture icons are also optional, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. A status bar 511 is displayed on the upper portion of the interface 510, and the status bar 511 may include: one or more signal strength indicators of a mobile communication signal (also referred to as a cellular signal), a battery status indicator, and a time indicator ,etc. After the terminal turns on the bluetooth function, the bluetooth on indicator can also be displayed in the status bar 511 . A navigation bar 516 is displayed below the tray icon, and the navigation bar 516 may include: a return button 517, a main interface (Home screen) button 518, a callout task history button 519, and other system navigation keys. When detecting that the user clicks the return button 517, the terminal 100 may display a previous page of the current page. When detecting that the user clicks the home interface button 518, the terminal 100 may display the home interface. When it is detected that the user clicks the outgoing task history button 519, the terminal 100 may display the tasks recently opened by the user. The names of the navigation keys can also be other, which is not limited in this application. Not limited to virtual keys, each navigation key in the navigation bar 516 may also be implemented as a physical key. In some embodiments, the navigation bar 516 is also optional, and the user can complete the functions of each navigation key in the navigation bar 516 through other operations.

终端100可以接收到用户作用于该图库应用图标512B的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,该终端100可以显示如图5B所示的图库应用界面520。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the gallery application icon 512B, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the gallery application interface 520 as shown in FIG. 5B .

如图5B所示,该图库应用界面520中包括有一个或多个相册选项(例如,所有照片相册521、视频相册522、相机相册、截屏目录相册、微信相册、微博相册,等等)。其中,每个相册选项下方都有该相册的名称及相册中照片和/或视频数目。例如,所有照片相册521中包括有2160张照片,视频相册522中包括有6个视频。该图库应用界面520中还包括有新建相册控件523。该新建相册控件523可用于触发在图库应用界面520中建立新的相册。As shown in FIG. 5B, one or more album options are included in the gallery application interface 520 (for example, all photo albums 521, video albums 522, camera albums, screenshot catalog albums, WeChat albums, Weibo albums, etc.). Among them, each album option has the name of the album and the number of photos and/or videos in the album. For example, the all photo album 521 includes 2160 photos, and the video album 522 includes 6 videos. The gallery application interface 520 also includes a new photo album control 523 . The new photo album control 523 can be used to trigger the creation of a new photo album in the gallery application interface 520 .

终端100可以接收用户作用于该所有照片相册521的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图5C所示的相册界面530。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the all photo album 521, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the album interface 530 as shown in FIG. 5C.

如图5C所示,该相册界面530的标题可以是“所有照片”。该相册界面530中包括有一个或多张图片的缩略图(例如,缩略图531)。As shown in FIG. 5C, the title of the album interface 530 may be "All Photos". The album interface 530 includes thumbnails of one or more pictures (eg, thumbnail 531 ).

终端100可以接收用户作用于缩略图531的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100 可以显示如图5D所示的图片展示界面540。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the thumbnail image 531, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the picture presentation interface 540 as shown in FIG. 5D.

如图5D所示,该图片展示界面540的标题可以是“2019年7月15日”。图片展示界面540中显示包括有图片541和菜单547。其中,该菜单547中包括有分享按钮542、收藏按钮543、编辑按钮544、删除按钮545、更多按钮546。分享按钮542可用于触发打开文件分享界面(参考上述图3C中的文件分享界面330)。收藏按钮543可用于触发收藏该图片541到图片收藏文件夹。编辑按钮544可用于触发对图片541的旋转、修剪、增加滤镜、虚化等编辑功能。删除按钮545可用于触发删除该图片541。更多按钮546可用于触发打开更多与该图片541相关的功能。As shown in FIG. 5D , the title of the picture display interface 540 may be "July 15, 2019". The picture display interface 540 includes a picture 541 and a menu 547 . Wherein, the menu 547 includes a share button 542 , a favorite button 543 , an edit button 544 , a delete button 545 , and a more button 546 . The share button 542 can be used to trigger opening of the file sharing interface (refer to the above file sharing interface 330 in FIG. 3C ). The favorite button 543 can be used to trigger to save the picture 541 to the picture collection folder. The editing button 544 can be used to trigger editing functions such as rotating, cropping, adding a filter, blurring, etc. to the picture 541 . A delete button 545 can be used to trigger deletion of the picture 541 . The more button 546 can be used to trigger opening more functions related to the picture 541 .

在一些实施例中,该菜单547为可选的。该菜单547可以在该图片展示界面540中隐藏,例如,用户单击图片541可以隐藏该菜单547,再次单击图片541可以显示该菜单547,本申请不作限制。In some embodiments, this menu 547 is optional. The menu 547 can be hidden in the picture display interface 540. For example, the user can click the picture 541 to hide the menu 547, and click the picture 541 again to display the menu 547, which is not limited in this application.

如图5E所示,终端100可以接收用户作用于图片展示界面540的滑动操作,例如,当终端100的触控屏支持多点触控屏时,该滑动操作可以是三根手指触摸触控屏滑动,不限于此,该滑动操作还可以是双指触摸滑动、指关节触摸滑动、手指按压滑动,���等。���中,该滑动操作���起始位置可以在图片展示界面540的任意位置,例如,可以是在图片展示界面540中的图片541位置处,也可以在其他位置,不作限定。该滑动操作的滑动方向可以由滑动操作的起始位置和终点位置确定,其轨迹可以是曲线,可以是直线,本申请不作限制。响应于该滑动操作,终端100可以开启蓝牙功能,通过BLE到达角(angle of arrival,AoA)测量附近设备相对于终端100的方向位置。终端100可以根据附近设备的方向位置,再从附近设备(例如终端101、终端102和终端103)中确定出与滑动方向(例如滑动方向为终端100的顺时针 90度方向,即终端100正右方向)一致且较近的接收设备(例如,接收设备为终端103)。As shown in FIG. 5E , the terminal 100 may receive a sliding operation performed by the user on the picture display interface 540. For example, when the touch screen of the terminal 100 supports a multi-touch screen, the sliding operation may be three fingers touching the touch screen to slide , not limited thereto, the sliding operation may also be a two-finger touch slide, a knuckle touch slide, a finger press slide, and so on. Wherein, the starting position of the sliding operation may be at any position of the picture display interface 540, for example, it may be at the position of the picture 541 in the picture display interface 540, or at other positions, which is not limited. The sliding direction of the sliding operation may be determined by the start position and the end position of the sliding operation, and its trajectory may be a curve or a straight line, which is not limited in this application. In response to the sliding operation, the terminal 100 can turn on the Bluetooth function, and measure the direction and position of nearby devices relative to the terminal 100 through the BLE angle of arrival (AoA). Terminal 100 can determine the sliding direction from nearby devices (such as terminal 101, terminal 102, and terminal 103) according to the direction and position of nearby devices (for example, the sliding direction is 90 degrees clockwise of terminal 100, that is, terminal 100 is directly right directions) are consistent and relatively close to the receiving device (for example, the receiving device is the terminal 103).

在本申请实施例中,接收设备相对于终端100的方向与滑动方向可以有一定的误差,也即是说,当接收设备相对于终端100的方向与滑动方向的夹角小于指定角度阈值(例如15度) 时,即可以认为接收设备相对于终端100的方向与滑动方向一致。In this embodiment of the application, there may be a certain error between the direction of the receiving device relative to the terminal 100 and the sliding direction, that is, when the angle between the direction of the receiving device relative to the terminal 100 and the sliding direction is smaller than a specified angle threshold (for example 15 degrees), that is, it can be considered that the direction of the receiving device relative to the terminal 100 is consistent with the sliding direction.

终端100在确定出接收设备后,可以显示如图5F所示的提示框548,用于请求用户确认是否发送该图片541给接收设备(例如终端103)。After determining the receiving device, the terminal 100 may display a prompt box 548 as shown in FIG. 5F for requesting the user to confirm whether to send the picture 541 to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103).

如图5F所示,在终端100确定出接收设备(例如为终端103)后,终端100可以显示提示框548。该提示框548用于请求用户确认是否发送图片541给接收设备。该提示框548中包括有确认按钮549A和取消按钮549B。其中,该确认按钮549A用于触发终端100发送图片541给接收设备。该取消按钮549B用于触发终端100取消发送图片541给接收设备。其中,该提示框548中可以显示有接收设备的设备名称,用于让用户确认该接收设备是否符合预期。由于,终端100确定出的接收设备为终端103,终端100可以显示终端103的设备名称(例如,终端103的设备名称为“HUAWEI P30Pro”)。例如,该提示框548中可以显示有“是否将该图片发送给‘HUAWEI P30Pro’”等文字信息。该提示框548中还可以显示有该图片541的数据大小信息(例如“共8M”),用于提示用户该图片541的数据大小。As shown in FIG. 5F , after the terminal 100 determines the receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ), the terminal 100 may display a prompt box 548 . The prompt box 548 is used to request the user to confirm whether to send the picture 541 to the receiving device. The prompt box 548 includes a confirm button 549A and a cancel button 549B. Wherein, the confirmation button 549A is used to trigger the terminal 100 to send the picture 541 to the receiving device. The cancel button 549B is used to trigger the terminal 100 to cancel sending the picture 541 to the receiving device. Wherein, the prompt box 548 may display the device name of the receiving device for the user to confirm whether the receiving device meets expectations. Since the receiving device determined by the terminal 100 is the terminal 103, the terminal 100 may display the device name of the terminal 103 (for example, the device name of the terminal 103 is "HUAWEI P30Pro"). For example, text information such as "Do you want to send this picture to 'HUAWEI P30Pro'" can be displayed in the prompt box 548. The prompt box 548 may also display the data size information of the picture 541 (for example, "total 8M"), which is used to remind the user of the data size of the picture 541 .

终端100可以接收用户作用于提示框548中确认按钮549A的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以通过BLE发送图片分享请求给接收设备(例如终端103),并显示如图5G所示的进度栏550。其中,该图片分享请求用于请求接收设备接收设备100分享的图片541。The terminal 100 can receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the confirmation button 549A in the prompt box 548. In response to this operation, the terminal 100 can send a picture sharing request to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103) through BLE, and display as shown in FIG. 5G A progress bar 550 is shown. Wherein, the picture sharing request is used to request the receiving device to receive the picture 541 shared by the device 100 .

在一些实施例中,上述图5F中终端100显示的提示框548为可选的,终端100也可以在确定出接收设备后,不显示该提示框548,无需用户在终端100上确认,直接通过BLE发送图片分享请求给接收设备(例如终端103),并显示如图5G中所示的进度栏550。这样,只需用户在接收设备上同意接收,就可以直接发送该图片541给接收设备。In some embodiments, the prompt box 548 displayed by the terminal 100 in FIG. 5F is optional, and the terminal 100 may not display the prompt box 548 after determining the receiving device, without the user confirming on the terminal 100, directly through The BLE sends a picture sharing request to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103), and displays a progress bar 550 as shown in FIG. 5G. In this way, as long as the user agrees to receive on the receiving device, the picture 541 can be directly sent to the receiving device.

在一些实施例中,上述图5G中所述的进度栏550为可选的,终端100可以不显示该进度栏550。终端100也可以在显示出该进度栏550后,接收用户针对该进度栏550的操作,隐藏该进度栏550,例如,该进度栏550可以隐藏在终端100的下拉通知窗口中,若用户想再次查看该进度栏550,可以通过接收用户在状态栏上的滑动操作,调取出通知窗口以查看该进度栏550。本申请实施例中,进度栏550的显示位置或显示方式,可以适用于后续实施例中提及的各种进度栏,后续实施例中将不再赘述。In some embodiments, the progress bar 550 described above in FIG. 5G is optional, and the terminal 100 may not display the progress bar 550 . The terminal 100 can also hide the progress bar 550 after receiving the user's operation on the progress bar 550 after displaying the progress bar 550. For example, the progress bar 550 can be hidden in the pull-down notification window of the terminal 100. If the user wants to To view the progress bar 550 , a notification window may be invoked to view the progress bar 550 by receiving the user's sliding operation on the status bar. In this embodiment of the present application, the display position or display mode of the progress bar 550 may be applicable to various progress bars mentioned in subsequent embodiments, and details will not be described in subsequent embodiments.

如图5G所示,终端100上显示的该进度栏550中可以显示有文字信息551,用于提示用户该图片541的名称、接收设备的名称和图片541的数据大小等信息。例如,该文字信息551 可以为“图片‘2019年7月15日’待发送至‘HUAWEI P30Pro’(共8M)”等文字信息。该进度栏550中还可以包括有进度条552和取消按钮553。其中,该进度条552可用于显示终端100发送图片541的进度。该取消按钮553可用于触发终端100取消对图片541的发送。As shown in FIG. 5G , the progress bar 550 displayed on the terminal 100 may display text information 551 for prompting the user of information such as the name of the picture 541 , the name of the receiving device, and the data size of the picture 541 . For example, the text information 551 can be text information such as "the picture 'July 15, 2019' is to be sent to 'HUAWEI P30Pro' (total 8M)". The progress bar 550 may also include a progress bar 552 and a cancel button 553 . Wherein, the progress bar 552 can be used to display the progress of the terminal 100 sending the picture 541 . The cancel button 553 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to cancel sending the picture 541 .

如图5G所示,接收设备可以是终端103。终端103接收到终端100发送的图片分享请求后,可以显示出提示框560。其中,该提示框560中包括有接收按钮561和拒绝按钮562。该接收按钮561可用于触发终端103接收设备100发送的图片541。该拒绝按钮562可用于触发终端103拒绝接收设备100发送的图片541。As shown in FIG. 5G , the receiving device may be a terminal 103 . After terminal 103 receives the picture sharing request sent by terminal 100 , it may display a prompt box 560 . Wherein, the prompt box 560 includes an accept button 561 and a reject button 562 . The receiving button 561 can be used to trigger the terminal 103 to receive the picture 541 sent by the device 100 . The rejection button 562 can be used to trigger the terminal 103 to reject the picture 541 sent by the receiving device 100 .

接收设备(例如终端103)可以接收用户作用于接收按钮561的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,接收设备(例如终端103)可以发送接收响应给终端100。终端100在接收到该接收响应后,可以通过Wi-Fi直连(例如无线高保真点对点(wireless fidelity peer topeer,Wi-Fi P2P))、Wi-Fi softAP、超宽带(ultra-wideband,UWB)等通信技术发送该图片541给接收设备(例如,终端103)。其中,在发送该图片541的过程中,终端100上的进度条552显示的进度会随着传输进程变化,例如,终端100还未开始传输该图片541时该进度条552上显示的进度为“0%”,传输完成时该进度条552上显示的进度为“100%”。The receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ) may receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the receiving button 561 , and in response to the operation, the receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ) may send a reception response to the terminal 100 . After receiving the reception response, the terminal 100 can directly connect via Wi-Fi (such as wireless fidelity peer topeer (Wi-Fi P2P)), Wi-Fi softAP, ultra-wideband (ultra-wideband, UWB) The picture 541 is sent to the receiving device (for example, the terminal 103) by a communication technology such as a mobile phone. Wherein, in the process of sending the picture 541, the progress displayed on the progress bar 552 on the terminal 100 will change with the transmission process. For example, when the terminal 100 has not started to transmit the picture 541, the progress displayed on the progress bar 552 is " 0%", when the transmission is completed, the progress displayed on the progress bar 552 is "100%".

如图5H所示,接收设备为终端103。终端100在将图片541发送给接收设备终端103后,终端103可以直接显示图片563,或者,经过用户确认之后再显示该图片563。其中,该终端 103上显示的图片563来源于终端100,与终端100上显示的图片541为同一图片文件。其中,该图片563在接收设备(例如,终端103)上显示的尺寸大小会根据接收设备(例如、终端103)的显示屏自适应调节。As shown in FIG. 5H , the receiving device is the terminal 103 . After the terminal 100 sends the picture 541 to the receiving device terminal 103, the terminal 103 may directly display the picture 563, or display the picture 563 after confirmation by the user. Wherein, the picture 563 displayed on the terminal 103 originates from the terminal 100, and is the same picture file as the picture 541 displayed on the terminal 100. Wherein, the size of the picture 563 displayed on the receiving device (eg, terminal 103) will be adaptively adjusted according to the display screen of the receiving device (eg, terminal 103).

在一些实施例中,上述提示框560为可选的。接收设备可以在接收到终端100发送的第一个文件对象(例如图片)的数据(例如图片)分享请求时,显示提示框560,并接收用户针对接收按钮561的确认操作,与接收设备建立文件传输连接(例如Wi-Fi P2P、Wi-FisoftAP, UWB,等)。若接收设备在一段时间(例如15秒)后,再次接收到终端100发送的第二个文件对象(例如图片)时,接收设备可以不显示该提示框560,无需用户确认,直接接收设备 100发送的第二个文件对象(例如图片,视频、文档)。本申请实施例中,对接收设备上所显示的提示框560的文字描述,可以适用于后续实施例中提及的接收设备上显示的进度栏,后续实施例中未详述的部分可以参考此处。In some embodiments, the prompt box 560 is optional. The receiving device may display the prompt box 560 when receiving the data (such as a picture) sharing request of the first file object (such as a picture) sent by the terminal 100, and receive the user's confirmation operation on the receiving button 561, and establish a file with the receiving device. Transport connections (such as Wi-Fi P2P, Wi-FisoftAP, UWB, etc.). If the receiving device receives the second file object (such as a picture) sent by the terminal 100 again after a period of time (such as 15 seconds), the receiving device may not display the prompt box 560, and the receiving device 100 directly sends the file without user confirmation. The second file object (eg picture, video, document). In the embodiment of this application, the text description of the prompt box 560 displayed on the receiving device can be applied to the progress bar displayed on the receiving device mentioned in the subsequent embodiments, and the parts not detailed in the subsequent embodiments can be referred to here place.

在一些实施例中,当接收设备(例如终端103)接收到了终端100发送的数据分享请求后,接收设备(例如终端103)可以响应于用户的操作,拒绝接收设备100发送的图片数据。In some embodiments, after the receiving device (such as the terminal 103) receives the data sharing request sent by the terminal 100, the receiving device (such as the terminal 103) may reject the picture data sent by the receiving device 100 in response to the user's operation.

示例性的,如图5I所示,接收设备为终端103。终端103可以接收用户作用于拒绝按钮 562的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端103可以发送拒绝响应给终端100。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 5I , the receiving device is the terminal 103 . The terminal 103 can receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the rejection button 562, and in response to the operation, the terminal 103 can send a rejection response to the terminal 100.

如图5J所示,终端100在接收到终端103发送的拒绝响应后,可以在进度栏550中更新显示提示信息555。其中,该提示信息555可以是“‘HUAWEI P30Pro’已拒绝接收您发送的图片(共8M)”。As shown in FIG. 5J , after receiving the rejection response sent by the terminal 103 , the terminal 100 may update and display the prompt information 555 in the progress bar 550 . Wherein, the prompt message 555 may be "'HUAWEI P30Pro' has refused to accept the pictures you sent (total 8M)".

在图6A-图6G示例性示出的UI实施例中,用户可以触发打开终端100上的视频文件的展示界面后,通过滑动操作,将该视频文件发送给与该滑动操作的滑动方向一���且该方向上最近的附近设备。In the UI embodiment shown in Fig. 6A-Fig. 6G exemplarily, after the user triggers to open the display interface of the video file on the terminal 100, through a sliding operation, the video file is sent to the The closest nearby device in that direction.

如图6A所示,终端100可以显示有图库应用界面610。其中,该图库应用界面610中包括有一个或多个相册选项(例如,所有照片相册611、视频相册612、相机相册、截屏目录相册、微信相册、微博相册,等等)以及新建相册控件613等。As shown in FIG. 6A , the terminal 100 may display a gallery application interface 610 . Wherein, the gallery application interface 610 includes one or more album options (for example, all photo albums 611, video albums 612, camera albums, screenshot catalog albums, WeChat albums, microblog albums, etc.) and a new album control 613 wait.

其中,图6A所示的图库应用界面610与上述图5B所示的图库应用界面520相同,因此,上述图5B中针对图库应用界面520的文字说明,也同样适用于图6A中的图库应用界面610,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the gallery application interface 610 shown in FIG. 6A is the same as the gallery application interface 520 shown in FIG. 5B above. Therefore, the text description for the gallery application interface 520 in the above FIG. 5B is also applicable to the gallery application interface in FIG. 6A 610, which will not be repeated here.

终端100可以接收用户作用于视频相册612的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端 100可以显示如图6B所示的视频相册界面620。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the video album 612, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the video album interface 620 as shown in FIG. 6B.

如图6B所示,该视频相册界面620的标题可以是“视频”。该视频相册界面620中包括有一个或多个视频文件选项(例如,视频文件选项621)。As shown in FIG. 6B, the title of the video album interface 620 may be "Video". The video album interface 620 includes one or more video file options (eg, video file option 621 ).

终端100可以接收用户最用于视频文件选项621的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图6C所示的视频展示界面630。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the video file option 621, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the video presentation interface 630 as shown in FIG. 6C.

如图6C所示,该视频展示界面630的标题可以是“旅行”,也即该视频文件对应的标题为“旅行”。该视频展示界面630中显示包括有视频文件631、播放按钮638和菜单637。该播放按钮638可用于触发播放该视频文件631。其中,该菜单637中包括有分享按钮632、收藏按钮633、编辑按钮634、删除按钮645、更多按钮646。分享按钮642可用于触发打开文件分享界面(参考上述图3C中的文件分享界面330)。收藏按钮633可用于触发收藏该视频文件 631到视频收藏文件夹。编辑按钮634可用于触发对视频画面631的裁剪、等编辑功能。删除按钮635可用于触发删除该视频文件631。更多按钮636可用于触发打开更多与该视频文件631相关的功能。As shown in FIG. 6C , the title of the video presentation interface 630 may be "Travel", that is, the title corresponding to the video file is "Travel". The video display interface 630 includes a video file 631 , a play button 638 and a menu 637 . The play button 638 can be used to trigger playing the video file 631 . Wherein, the menu 637 includes a share button 632 , a favorite button 633 , an edit button 634 , a delete button 645 , and a more button 646 . The share button 642 can be used to trigger the opening of the file sharing interface (refer to the above file sharing interface 330 in FIG. 3C ). Collection button 633 can be used to trigger collection this video file 631 to video collection folder. The edit button 634 can be used to trigger editing functions such as cropping of the video frame 631 . A delete button 635 can be used to trigger deletion of the video file 631 . The more button 636 can be used to trigger opening more functions related to the video file 631 .

在一些实施例中,该菜单637为可选的。该菜单637可以在该视频展示界面630中隐藏,例如,用户单击视频文件631可以隐藏该菜单637,再次单击视频文件631可以显示该菜单 637,本申请不作限制。In some embodiments, this menu 637 is optional. The menu 637 can be hidden in the video presentation interface 630. For example, the user clicks the video file 631 to hide the menu 637, and clicks the video file 631 again to display the menu 637, which is not limited in the present application.

如图6D所示,终端100可以接收用户作用于视频展示界面630的滑动操作,例如,该滑动操作可以是三根手指触发触控屏滑动。其中,该滑动操作的起始位置可以在图片展示界面540的任一位置,不作限定。该滑动操作的滑动方向可以由滑动操作的起始位置和终点位置确定,其轨迹可以是曲线,可以是直线,本申请不作限制。响应于该滑动操作,终端100可以开启蓝牙功能,通过BLE AoA测量附近设备相对于终端100的方向位置。终端100可以根据附近设备的方向位置,再从附近设备(例如终端101、终端102和终端103)中确定出与滑动方向(例如滑动方向为终端100的顺时针90度方向,即终端100正右方向)一致且较近的接收设备(例如,接收设备为终端103)。As shown in FIG. 6D , the terminal 100 may receive a user's sliding operation on the video presentation interface 630 , for example, the sliding operation may be three fingers triggering a touchscreen sliding. Wherein, the starting position of the sliding operation may be at any position on the picture display interface 540, and is not limited. The sliding direction of the sliding operation may be determined by the start position and the end position of the sliding operation, and its trajectory may be a curve or a straight line, which is not limited in this application. In response to the sliding operation, the terminal 100 can turn on the Bluetooth function, and measure the direction and position of nearby devices relative to the terminal 100 through BLE AoA. Terminal 100 can determine the sliding direction from nearby devices (such as terminal 101, terminal 102, and terminal 103) according to the direction and position of nearby devices (for example, the sliding direction is 90 degrees clockwise of terminal 100, that is, terminal 100 is directly right directions) are consistent and relatively close to the receiving device (for example, the receiving device is the terminal 103).

终端100在确定出接收设备后,可以显示如图6E所示的提示框640,用于请求用户确认是否发送视频文件631给终端100确定出的接收设备(例如,接收设备为终端103)。After the terminal 100 determines the receiving device, it may display a prompt box 640 as shown in FIG.

如图6E所示,在终端100确定出接收设备(例如终端103)后,终端100可以输出提示框640。该提示框640用于请求用户确认是否发送视频文件631给接收设备。该提示框640 中包括有确认按钮641和取消按钮642。其中,该确认按钮641用于触发终端100发送视频文件641给接收设备。该取消按钮642用于触发终端100取消发送视频文件631给接收设备。其中,该提示框640中可以显示有接收设备的设备名称,用于让用户确认该接收设备是否符合预期。由于,终端100确定出的接收设备为终端103,终端100可以显示终端103的设备名称(例如,终端103的设备名称为“HUAWEI P30Pro”)。例如,该提示框640中可以显示有“是否将该视频发送给‘HUAWEI P30Pro’”等文字��息。该提示框640中还可以显示有该视频文件631的大小信息(例如共“82M”),用于提示用户该视频文件631的数据大小。As shown in FIG. 6E , after the terminal 100 determines the receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ), the terminal 100 may output a prompt box 640 . The prompt box 640 is used to request the user to confirm whether to send the video file 631 to the receiving device. The prompt box 640 includes a confirm button 641 and a cancel button 642. Wherein, the confirmation button 641 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to send the video file 641 to the receiving device. The cancel button 642 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to cancel sending the video file 631 to the receiving device. Wherein, the prompt box 640 may display the device name of the receiving device for the user to confirm whether the receiving device meets expectations. Since the receiving device determined by the terminal 100 is the terminal 103, the terminal 100 may display the device name of the terminal 103 (for example, the device name of the terminal 103 is "HUAWEI P30Pro"). For example, text information such as "whether to send this video to 'HUAWEI P30Pro'" may be displayed in the prompt box 640. The prompt box 640 may also display the size information of the video file 631 (for example, a total of "82M") for prompting the user of the data size of the video file 631 .

终端100可以接收用户作用于提示框640中确认按钮641的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以通过BLE发送视频分享请求给接收设备(例如终端103),并显示如图6F所示的进度栏650。其中,该视频分享请求用于请求接收设备接收设备100分享的视频文件631。The terminal 100 can receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the confirmation button 641 in the prompt box 640, and in response to this operation, the terminal 100 can send a video sharing request to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103) through BLE, and display as shown in Figure 6F A progress bar 650 is shown. Wherein, the video sharing request is used to request the receiving device to receive the video file 631 shared by the device 100 .

在一些实施例中,上述图6E中终端100显示的���示框640为可选的,终端100也可以在确定出接收设备后,不显示该提示框640,无需用户在终端100上确认,直接通过BLE发送视频分享请求给接收设备(例如终端103),并显示如图6F中所示的进度栏650。这样,只需用户在接收设备上同意接收,就可以直接发送该视频文件631给接收设备。In some embodiments, the prompt box 640 displayed by the terminal 100 in FIG. 6E is optional, and the terminal 100 may not display the prompt box 640 after determining the receiving device, without the user confirming on the terminal 100, directly through BLE sends a video sharing request to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103), and displays a progress bar 650 as shown in FIG. 6F. In this way, as long as the user agrees to receive on the receiving device, the video file 631 can be directly sent to the receiving device.

如图6F所示,该进度栏650中可以显示有视频文件631的名称、接收设备的名称和视频文件631的数据大小等信息。例如,进度栏650中显示有“视频文件‘旅行’待发送至‘HUAWEI P30Pro’(共82M)”等文字信息。该进度栏650中还可以包括有进度条652和取消按钮653。其中,该进度条652可用于显示终端100发送视频文件631的进度。该取消按钮653可用于触发取消对视频文件631的发送。As shown in FIG. 6F , the progress bar 650 may display information such as the name of the video file 631 , the name of the receiving device, and the data size of the video file 631 . For example, the progress bar 650 displays text information such as "the video file 'Travel' is to be sent to 'HUAWEI P30Pro' (total 82M)". The progress bar 650 may also include a progress bar 652 and a cancel button 653 . Wherein, the progress bar 652 can be used to display the progress of the terminal 100 sending the video file 631 . The cancel button 653 can be used to trigger canceling the sending of the video file 631 .

如图6F所示,接收设备可以是终端103。终端103接收到终端100发送的视频分享请求后,可以显示出提示框660。其中,该提示框660中包括有接收按钮661和拒绝按钮662。改接收按钮661可用于触发接收设备100发送的视频文件631。该拒绝按钮662可用于触发拒绝接收设备100发送的视频文件631。As shown in FIG. 6F , the receiving device may be a terminal 103 . After terminal 103 receives the video sharing request sent by terminal 100 , it may display a prompt box 660 . Wherein, the prompt box 660 includes an accept button 661 and a reject button 662 . The receive button 661 can be used to trigger the video file 631 sent by the receiving device 100 . The rejection button 662 can be used to trigger rejection of the video file 631 sent by the receiving device 100 .

接收设备(例如终端103)可以接收用户作用于接收按钮661的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,接收设备可以发送接收响应给终端100。终端100在接收到该接收响应后,可以通过Wi-Fi直连(例如Wi-Fi P2P)、Wi-Fi softAP、UWB等通信技术发送视频文件631给接收设备(例如,终端103)。其中,在发送该图片541的过程中,终端100上的进度条552显示的进度会随着传输进程变化,例如,终端100还未开始传输该图片541时该进度条552上显示的进度为“0%”,传输完成时该进度条552上显示的进度为“100%”。The receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ) may receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the receiving button 661 , and in response to the operation, the receiving device may send a reception response to the terminal 100 . After receiving the reception response, the terminal 100 can send the video file 631 to the receiving device (for example, the terminal 103) through communication technologies such as Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fi P2P), Wi-Fi softAP, and UWB. Wherein, in the process of sending the picture 541, the progress displayed on the progress bar 552 on the terminal 100 will change with the transmission process. For example, when the terminal 100 has not started to transmit the picture 541, the progress displayed on the progress bar 552 is " 0%", when the transmission is completed, the progress displayed on the progress bar 552 is "100%".

如图6G所示,接收设备为终端103。终端100在将视频文件631发送给终端103后,终端103可以直接显示视频文件663,或者,经过用户确认之后再显示该视频文件663。其中,该终端103上显示的视频文件663来源于终端100,与终端100上显示的视频文件631为同一视频文件。终端103可以在视频文件663上显示播放按钮664,该播放按钮664用于触发终端103播放该视频文件663。As shown in FIG. 6G , the receiving device is the terminal 103 . After the terminal 100 sends the video file 631 to the terminal 103, the terminal 103 may directly display the video file 663, or display the video file 663 after confirmation by the user. Wherein, the video file 663 displayed on the terminal 103 originates from the terminal 100 and is the same video file as the video file 631 displayed on the terminal 100 . The terminal 103 may display a play button 664 on the video file 663 , and the play button 664 is used to trigger the terminal 103 to play the video file 663 .

在一些实施例中,上述提示框660为可选的。接收设备可以在接收到终端100发送的第一个文件对象(例如视频文件)的数据(例如视频文件)分享请求时,显示提示框560,并接收用户针对接收按钮561的确认操作,与接收设备建立文件传输连接(例如Wi-Fi P2P、Wi-Fi softAP,UWB,等)。若接收设备在一段时间(例如15秒)后,再次接收到终端100 发送的第二个文件对象(例如视频文件)时,接收设备可以不显示该提示框560,无需用户确认,直接接收设备100发送的第二个文件对象(例如视频文件)。In some embodiments, the prompt box 660 is optional. The receiving device may display the prompt box 560 when receiving the data (such as video file) sharing request of the first file object (such as a video file) sent by the terminal 100, and receive the user's confirmation operation on the receiving button 561, and communicate with the receiving device Establish a file transfer connection (such as Wi-Fi P2P, Wi-Fi softAP, UWB, etc.). If the receiving device receives the second file object (such as a video file) sent by the terminal 100 again after a period of time (such as 15 seconds), the receiving device may not display the prompt box 560, and directly receives the device 100 without user confirmation. The second file object to send (e.g. a video file).

在一些应用场景中,用户在触发打开图片、视频、文档等文件后,可以在图片、视频、文档等文件的展示界面上,先触发终端100测量并显示附近设备的方向位置。然后,用户可以通过滑动操作,拖动图片、视频、文档等文件至附近设备的位置,以发送图片、视频、文档等文件给附近设备。这样,可以简化用户分享文件数据的操作步骤,提高文件数据分享的效率。In some application scenarios, after the user triggers to open files such as pictures, videos, documents, etc., the user can first trigger the terminal 100 to measure and display the orientation and position of nearby devices on the display interface of the files such as pictures, videos, and documents. Then, the user can drag pictures, videos, documents and other files to the position of nearby devices by sliding operation, so as to send pictures, videos, documents and other files to nearby devices. In this way, the operation steps for users to share file data can be simplified, and the efficiency of file data sharing can be improved.

在图7A-图7F示例性示出的UI实施例中,以图片文件为例,用户可以在图片文件的展示界面上,先触发终端100在触控屏上显示一个或多个附近设备的方向位置。然后,用户可以通过滑动操作,在触控屏上拖动图片文件至附近设备的位置处,以发送图片给附近设备。In the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in FIGS. 7A-7F , taking a picture file as an example, the user can first trigger the terminal 100 to display the directions of one or more nearby devices on the touch screen on the display interface of the picture file. Location. Then, the user can drag the picture file on the touch screen to the position of the nearby device through a sliding operation, so as to send the picture to the nearby device.

如图7A所示,终端100可以显示有图片展示界面710。该图片展示界面710的标题可以是“2019年7月15日”。图片展示界面710中显示包括有图片711和菜单717。其中,该菜单717中包括有分享按钮712、收藏按钮713、编辑按钮714、删除按钮715、更多按钮716。分享按钮712可用于触发打开文件分享界面(参考上述图3C中的文件分享界面330)。收藏按钮713可用于触发收藏该图片711到图片收藏文件夹。编辑按钮714可用于触发对图片711 的旋转、修剪、增加滤镜、虚化等编辑功能。删除按钮715可用于触发删除该图片716。更多按钮716可用于触发打开更多与该图片711相关的功能。As shown in FIG. 7A , the terminal 100 may display a picture presentation interface 710 . The title of the picture display interface 710 may be "July 15, 2019". The picture display interface 710 includes a picture 711 and a menu 717 . Wherein, the menu 717 includes a share button 712 , a favorite button 713 , an edit button 714 , a delete button 715 , and a more button 716 . The share button 712 can be used to trigger opening of the file sharing interface (refer to the above file sharing interface 330 in FIG. 3C ). The favorite button 713 can be used to trigger to save the picture 711 to the picture collection folder. The editing button 714 can be used to trigger editing functions such as rotating, trimming, adding filters, blurring, etc. to the picture 711. A delete button 715 can be used to trigger deletion of the picture 716 . The more button 716 can be used to trigger opening more functions related to the picture 711 .

在一些实施例中,该菜单717为可选的。该菜单717可以在该图片展示界面710中隐藏,例如,用户单击图片711可以隐藏该菜单717,再次单击图片711可以显示该菜单717,本申请不作限制。In some embodiments, this menu 717 is optional. The menu 717 can be hidden in the picture display interface 710. For example, the user can click the picture 711 to hide the menu 717, and click the picture 711 again to display the menu 717, which is not limited in this application.

终端100可以接收用户作用于图片711的触摸操作,例如,该触摸操作可以��用户手指按住(例如,三指长按)图片711,不限于三指长按,还可以是双指长按、单指长按,本申请在此不作限定,等等。响应于该触摸操作,终端100可以开启蓝牙功能,通过BLE搜索附近设备,并通过BLE AoA测量附近设备的方向位置(包括方向和距离)。The terminal 100 may receive a user's touch operation on the picture 711. For example, the touch operation may be a user's finger press (for example, a three-finger long press) on the picture 711. It is not limited to a three-finger long press, and may also be a two-finger long press, Single-finger long press, this application does not limit it here, and so on. In response to the touch operation, the terminal 100 can turn on the Bluetooth function, search for nearby devices through BLE, and measure the direction and position (including direction and distance) of the nearby devices through BLE AoA.

如图7B所示,例如,当终端100三指长按图片711时,该图片711可以缩小显示,同时,终端100可以开启蓝牙功能,通过BLE搜索附近设备,并通过BLE AoA测量附近设备的方向位置(包括方向和距离)。在终端100搜索附近设备的过程中,终端100可以显示出搜索提示721,用于提示用户当前终端100正在搜索附近设备。该搜索提示721可以是“正在搜索附近设备”等文字信息,不限于此,该搜索提示721还可以是图标类等信息。As shown in Figure 7B, for example, when the terminal 100 presses and holds the picture 711 with three fingers, the picture 711 can be displayed in a reduced size. At the same time, the terminal 100 can turn on the Bluetooth function, search for nearby devices through BLE, and measure the direction of nearby devices through BLE AoA Location (including direction and distance). During the process of the terminal 100 searching for nearby devices, the terminal 100 may display a search prompt 721 for prompting the user that the terminal 100 is currently searching for nearby devices. The search prompt 721 may be text information such as "searching for nearby devices", but is not limited thereto, and the search prompt 721 may also be information such as icons.

如图7C所示,在终端100搜索到附近设备且测量出附近设备的方向位置后,终端100 可以在该图片展示界面710上显示附近设备相对于终端100的方向位置。其中,附近设备可以有终端101、终端102和终端103。该终端101的设备名称可以为“Verseau”,该终端102的设备名称可以为“Daniel”,该终端103的设备名称可以为“HUAWEI P30Pro”。As shown in FIG. 7C, after the terminal 100 searches for nearby devices and measures the direction and position of the nearby devices, the terminal 100 can display the direction and position of the nearby devices relative to the terminal 100 on the picture display interface 710. Among them, the nearby devices may include terminal 101 , terminal 102 and terminal 103 . The device name of the terminal 101 may be "Verseau", the device name of the terminal 102 may be "Daniel", and the device name of the terminal 103 may be "HUAWEI P30Pro".

其中,终端100测量出的附近设备(终端101、终端102和终端103)的方向位置可以参考上述图4示例性示出的终端100与附近设备(终端101、终端102和终端103)的位置关系。终端101可以在终端100的顺时针315度方向0.8m处,终端102可以在终端100的顺时针 45度方向1.2m处,终端103可以在终端100的顺时针90度方向0.5m处。Wherein, the direction positions of the nearby devices (terminal 101, terminal 102 and terminal 103) measured by the terminal 100 can refer to the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and the nearby devices (terminal 101, terminal 102 and terminal 103) as shown in FIG. . Terminal 101 may be at 0.8m in a clockwise direction of 315° from terminal 100, terminal 102 may be at 1.2m in a clockwise direction of 45° from terminal 100, and terminal 103 may be at 0.5m in a clockwise direction of 90° from terminal 100.

如图7C所示,终端100可以在图片展示界面710上显示出自身的位置标记725,终端101的位置标记722、终端102的位置标记723和终端103的位置标记724。其中,终端100 的位置标记725与附近设备的位置标记之间的位置关系可以参考终端100与附近设备的位置关系。As shown in FIG. 7C , the terminal 100 may display its own location marker 725 , the location marker 722 of the terminal 101 , the location marker 723 of the terminal 102 , and the location marker 724 of the terminal 103 on the picture presentation interface 710 . Wherein, the positional relationship between the position mark 725 of the terminal 100 and the position mark of the nearby device can refer to the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and the nearby device.

其中,各位置标记(位置标记722、位置标记723、位置标记724、位置标记725)之间的距离可以根据终端100与附近设备的距离,按照一定比例进行缩放。附近设备的位置标记(位置标记723、位置标记724和位置标记725)相对于位置标记725的方向,与附近设备相对于终端100的方向相同。Wherein, the distance between each location marker (location marker 722, location marker 723, location marker 724, and location marker 725) can be scaled according to a certain ratio according to the distance between the terminal 100 and nearby devices. The direction of the location markers of the nearby devices (the location marker 723 , the location marker 724 and the location marker 725 ) relative to the location marker 725 is the same as the direction of the nearby devices relative to the terminal 100 .

例如,缩放比例可以是1:40。由于终端101在终端100的顺时针315度方向0.8m处,该位置标记722可以在该位置标记725的顺时针315度方向2cm处。由于终端102在终端100的顺时针45度方向1.2m处,该位置标记723可以在该位置标记725的顺时针45度方向3cm处。由于终端103在终端100的顺时针45度方向0.5m处,该位置标记724可以在该位置标记725的顺时针90度方向1.25cm处。以上示例仅仅用于解释本申请,在此不作限定。For example, the zoom ratio may be 1:40. Since the terminal 101 is at 0.8 m in a clockwise direction of 315 degrees from the terminal 100 , the position mark 722 may be at 2 cm in a clockwise direction of 315 degrees from the position mark 725 . Since the terminal 102 is at 1.2 m in a clockwise direction of 45 degrees from the terminal 100 , the position mark 723 may be at a position of 3 cm in a clockwise direction of 45 degrees from the position mark 725 . Since the terminal 103 is at 0.5 m in a clockwise direction of 45 degrees from the terminal 100 , the position mark 724 may be at a position of 1.25 cm in a clockwise direction of 90 degrees from the position mark 725 . The above examples are only used to explain the present application, and are not limited here.

如图7C所示,在终端100显示出各附近设备的位置标记(位置标记722、位置标记723、位置标记724)后,终端100可以接收用户作用于图片711的滑动操作。其中,该滑动操作可以是用户手指按住(例如三指按住)图片711向终端100的顺时针90度方向滑动。As shown in FIG. 7C , after the terminal 100 displays the location markers (location markers 722 , 723 , and 724 ) of nearby devices, the terminal 100 may receive a user's sliding operation on the picture 711 . Wherein, the sliding operation may be that the user presses (for example, three fingers) the picture 711 to slide in a 90-degree clockwise direction of the terminal 100 .

如图7D所示,当用户滑动手指的过程中,该图片711可以跟随用户的手指在触控屏上的触摸点移动。在一种实现方式中,图片711的显示尺寸会随着移动距离的增加而缩小。终端100可以根据该滑动操作的中滑动终点位置,确定出该图片711的接收设备。例如,当该滑动操作的中滑动终点位置在位置标记724处时,由于该位置标记724对应的设备为终端103,因此,终端100可以确定出接收设备为终端103。As shown in FIG. 7D , when the user slides the finger, the picture 711 may move along with the touch point of the user's finger on the touch screen. In one implementation manner, the display size of the picture 711 will shrink as the moving distance increases. The terminal 100 can determine the receiving device of the picture 711 according to the position of the end point of the sliding operation. For example, when the sliding end position of the sliding operation is at the position mark 724 , since the device corresponding to the position mark 724 is the terminal 103 , the terminal 100 may determine that the receiving device is the terminal 103 .

在一种可能的实现方式中,用户选择接收设备的操作不限于上述图7C和图7D中所示作用于图片711的滑动操作,还可以是其他选择操作,不作限定。例如,终端100在测量出各附近设备的方向位置,并显示出各附近设备的位置标记后,可以接收用户作用于上述图7C 中位置标记724的单击操作。响应于该单击操作,终端100可以确定出接收设备为该位置标记724对应的终端103。In a possible implementation manner, the user's operation of selecting the receiving device is not limited to the above-mentioned sliding operation on the picture 711 shown in FIG. 7C and FIG. 7D , but may also be other selection operations, which are not limited. For example, after the terminal 100 has measured the direction and position of each nearby device and displayed the location marks of each nearby device, it may receive the click operation of the user acting on the position mark 724 in FIG. 7C above. In response to the click operation, the terminal 100 may determine that the receiving device is the terminal 103 corresponding to the location marker 724 .

终端100在确定出接收设备(例如为终端103)后,终端100可以通过BLE发送图片分享请求给接收设备(例如终端103),并显示如图7E所示的进度栏730。其中,该图片分享请求用于请求接收设备接收设备100分享的图片711。After the terminal 100 determines the receiving device (such as the terminal 103), the terminal 100 can send a picture sharing request to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103) through BLE, and display the progress bar 730 as shown in FIG. 7E. Wherein, the picture sharing request is used to request the receiving device to receive the picture 711 shared by the device 100 .

如图7E所示。终端100上显示的进度栏730中可以显示有文字信息731,用于提示用户图片711的名称、接收设备的名称和图片711的数据大小等信息。例如,该文字信息731可以是“图片‘2019年7月15日’待发送至‘HUAWEI P30Pro’(共8M)”。该进度栏730中还可以包括有进度条732和取消按钮733。其中,该进度条732可用于显示终端100发送该图片 711的进度。该取消按钮733可用于触发取消对图片711的发送。As shown in Figure 7E. The progress bar 730 displayed on the terminal 100 may display text information 731 for prompting the user with information such as the name of the picture 711 , the name of the receiving device, and the data size of the picture 711 . For example, the text message 731 may be "the picture 'July 15, 2019' is to be sent to 'HUAWEI P30Pro' (total 8M)". The progress bar 730 may also include a progress bar 732 and a cancel button 733 . Wherein, the progress bar 732 can be used to display the progress of the terminal 100 sending the picture 711. The cancel button 733 can be used to trigger canceling the sending of the picture 711 .

如图7E所示,接收设备可以是终端103。终端103接收到终端100发送的图片分享请求后,可以显示出提示框740。其中,该提示框740中包括有接收按钮741和拒绝按钮742。该接收按钮741可用于触发终端103接收该终端100发送的图片711。该拒绝按钮742可用于触发拒绝接收设备100发送的图片711。As shown in FIG. 7E , the receiving device may be a terminal 103 . After terminal 103 receives the picture sharing request sent by terminal 100 , it may display a prompt box 740 . Wherein, the prompt box 740 includes an accept button 741 and a reject button 742 . The receive button 741 can be used to trigger the terminal 103 to receive the picture 711 sent by the terminal 100 . The rejection button 742 can be used to trigger rejection of the picture 711 sent by the receiving device 100 .

接收设备(例如终端103)可以接收用户作用于接收按钮741的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,接收设备可以发送接收响应给终端100。终端100在接收到该接收响应后,可以通过Wi-Fi直连(Wi-Fi P2P)、Wi-Fi softAP、超宽带(ultra-wideband,UWB)等通信技术发送该图片711给接收设备(例如,终端103)。其中,在发送该图片711的过程中,终端100 上的进度条732显示的进度会随着传输进程变化,例如,终端100还未开始传输该图片711 时该进度条732上显示的进度为“0%”,传输完成时该进度条732上显示的进度为“100%”。The receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ) may receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the receiving button 741 , and in response to the operation, the receiving device may send a reception response to the terminal 100 . After receiving the reception response, the terminal 100 can send the picture 711 to the receiving device (for example , terminal 103). Wherein, in the process of sending the picture 711, the progress displayed on the progress bar 732 on the terminal 100 will change with the transmission process. For example, when the terminal 100 has not started to transmit the picture 711, the progress displayed on the progress bar 732 is " 0%", when the transmission is completed, the progress displayed on the progress bar 732 is "100%".

如图7F所示,接收设备为终端103。终端100在将图片711发送给接收设备终端103后,终端103可以直接显示图片743,或者,经过用户确认之后再显示该图片743。其中,该终端 103上显示的图片743来源于终端100,与终端100上显示的图片711为同一图片文件。其中,该图片743在接收设备(例如,终端103)上显示的尺寸大小会根据接收设备(例如、终端103)的显示屏自适应调节。As shown in FIG. 7F , the receiving device is the terminal 103 . After the terminal 100 sends the picture 711 to the receiving device terminal 103, the terminal 103 may directly display the picture 743, or display the picture 743 after confirmation by the user. Wherein, the picture 743 displayed on the terminal 103 originates from the terminal 100, and is the same picture file as the picture 711 displayed on the terminal 100. Wherein, the size of the picture 743 displayed on the receiving device (for example, the terminal 103) will be adaptively adjusted according to the display screen of the receiving device (for example, the terminal 103).

在一些应用场景中,用户可以在第三方应用(例如,微信应用、QQ应用)中的图片、视频、文档等文件的展示界面上,通过滑动操作(例如三指滑动),将该图片或视频等文件发送给与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且该方向上最近的附近设备。这样,用户可以无需触发保存第三方应用中的文件至终端本地,再退出第三方应用在终端本地文件夹中触发分享该文件数据附近设备,简化了用户分享第三方应用中文件数据的操作步骤,提高了分享文件数据给附近设备的效率。In some application scenarios, the user can swipe (such as three-finger swipe) on the display interface of pictures, videos, documents and other files in third-party applications (such as WeChat applications and QQ applications) and other files are sent to the nearest nearby device in the same sliding direction as the sliding operation. In this way, the user does not need to trigger to save the file in the third-party application to the local terminal, and then exit the third-party application to trigger the sharing of the file data in the local folder of the terminal to nearby devices, which simplifies the operation steps for the user to share the file data in the third-party application. Improved the efficiency of sharing file data to nearby devices.

在图8A-图8G示例性示出的UI实施例中,以第三方应用是微信应用为例,示例性说明用户在第三方应用中的图片、视频、文档等文件的展示界面上,通过滑动操作(例如三指滑动),将该图片或视频等文件发送给与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且该方向上最近的附近设备。In the UI embodiments shown in Figures 8A-8G, taking the third-party application as an example of a WeChat application, it is illustrated that the user slides the third-party application on the display interface of pictures, videos, documents, etc. Operation (for example, three-finger swipe), send the picture or video and other files to the nearest nearby device in the same direction as the swipe operation.

如图8A所示,终端100可以显示有主屏幕的界面510,该界面510中显示了一个放置有应用图标的页面,该页面包括多个应用图标(例如,天气应用图标、股票应用图标、计算器应用图标、设置应用图标512A、邮件应用图标、支付宝应用图标、脸书应用图标、浏览器应用图标、图库应用图标512B、音乐应用图标512C、视频应用图标、微信应用图标512D、查找我的设备应用图标512E,等等)。其中,针对该界面510的文字说明可以参考上述图5A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 8A , the terminal 100 may display an interface 510 on the home screen, and the interface 510 displays a page on which application icons are placed, and the page includes multiple application icons (for example, weather application icons, stock application icons, computing Device application icon, setting application icon 512A, mail application icon, Alipay application icon, Facebook application icon, browser application icon, gallery application icon 512B, music application icon 512C, video application icon, WeChat application icon 512D, find my device application icon 512E, etc.). Wherein, for the text description of the interface 510, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5A , which will not be repeated here.

终端100可以接收用户作用于微信应用图标512D的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图8B所示的微信应用界面810。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the WeChat application icon 512D, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the WeChat application interface 810 as shown in FIG. 8B .

如图8B所示,该微信应用界面810中包括消息浏览页面811和菜单813。其中,该菜单 813中包括有微信控件814、联系人控件815、发现控件816和我的控件817。其中,该微信控件814用于触发终端100显示出该消息浏览页面811。该联系人控件815可用于触发终端100显示出包括有多个微信联系人选项的页面。该发现控件816可用于触发终端100显示包括有朋友圈、扫一扫等功能控件的页面。该我的控件817可用于触发终端100显示包括有微信用户的个人资料等信息的页面。该消息浏览页面811中包括有一个或多个消息选项(例如,联系人“MAC”的消息选项812、联系人“Kate”的消息选项、邮箱提醒的消息选项、订阅号的消息选项、联系人群组“吃货群”的消息选项、微信运动的消息选项、联系人群组“健身群”的消息选项)。As shown in FIG. 8B , the WeChat application interface 810 includes a message browsing page 811 and a menu 813 . Wherein, the menu 813 includes a WeChat control 814, a contact control 815, a discovery control 816 and my control 817. Wherein, the WeChat control 814 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the message browsing page 811 . The contact control 815 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a page including multiple WeChat contact options. The discovery control 816 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a page including functional controls such as circle of friends and scan. The My control 817 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a page including information such as personal data of WeChat users. The message browsing page 811 includes one or more message options (for example, the message option 812 of the contact "MAC", the message option of the contact "Kate", the message option of the email reminder, the message option of the subscription number, the contact The message options of the group "foodie group", the message options of WeChat Sports, the message options of the contact group "fitness group").

终端100可以接收用户作用于消息选项812的操作,响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图8C所示的聊天界面820。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation on the message option 812, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the chat interface 820 as shown in FIG. 8C.

如图8C所示,该聊天界面820显示包括有联系人名称(例如“MAC”)、联系人头像821、聊天消息822、语音输入控件823、文字输入框824、表情控件825、更多功能控件826。其中,该聊天消息822中可以是图片、视频、文档等文件,图8C中仅以图片文件进行示例性说明,不应构成限定。语音输入控件823可用于触发终端100将文字输入框824替换显示为语音输入框。文字输入框824可用于显示用户输入的文字或表情图片。表情控件825可用于触发终端100显示出一个或多个可发送的表情图片。该更多功能控件826可用于触发终端100 显示更多微信聊天功能控件(例如图片发送控件、视频发送控件、拍照发送控件,等等)。As shown in FIG. 8C, the chat interface 820 includes a contact name (such as "MAC"), a contact portrait 821, a chat message 822, a voice input control 823, a text input box 824, an emoticon control 825, and more functional controls. 826. Wherein, the chat message 822 may be files such as pictures, videos, documents, etc. In FIG. 8C , only picture files are used for illustration and should not be construed as a limitation. The voice input control 823 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to replace and display the text input box 824 with a voice input box. The text input box 824 can be used to display text or emoticon pictures input by the user. The emoticon control 825 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display one or more emoticon pictures that can be sent. The more functional controls 826 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display more WeChat chat function controls (such as picture sending controls, video sending controls, photo sending controls, etc.).

终端100可以接收用户作用于该聊天消息822的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端 100可以显示如图8D所示的图片展示界面830。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the chat message 822, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display a picture display interface 830 as shown in FIG. 8D.

如图8D所示,该图片展示界面830中包括有图片831和保存控件832。该保存控件832 可用于触发终端100保存该图片831至本地的文件夹中。As shown in FIG. 8D , the picture display interface 830 includes a picture 831 and a save control 832 . The save control 832 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to save the picture 831 to a local folder.

终端100可以接收用户作用于图片展示界面830的滑动操作,例如,该滑动操作可以是用户三根手指触摸触控屏滑动。其中,该滑动操作的起始位置可以在图片展示界面830的任意位置,不作限定。该滑动操作的滑动方向可以由滑动操作的起始位置和终点位置确定,其轨迹可以曲线,可以是直线,本申请不作限制。响应于该滑动操作,终端100可以开启蓝牙功能,通过BLE AoA测量附近设备相对于终端100的方向位置。终端100可以根据附近设备的方向位置,再从附近设备(例如终端101、终端102和终端103)中确定出与滑动方向(例如滑动方向为终端100的顺时针90度方向,即终端100正右方向)一致且较近的接收设备(例如,接收设备为终端103)。The terminal 100 may receive a sliding operation performed by the user on the picture display interface 830, for example, the sliding operation may be that the user touches the touch screen with three fingers and slides. Wherein, the starting position of the sliding operation may be at any position on the picture display interface 830, and is not limited. The sliding direction of the sliding operation may be determined by the start position and the end position of the sliding operation, and its trajectory may be a curve or a straight line, which is not limited in this application. In response to the sliding operation, the terminal 100 can turn on the Bluetooth function, and measure the direction and position of nearby devices relative to the terminal 100 through BLE AoA. Terminal 100 can determine the sliding direction from nearby devices (such as terminal 101, terminal 102, and terminal 103) according to the direction and position of nearby devices (for example, the sliding direction is 90 degrees clockwise of terminal 100, that is, terminal 100 is directly right directions) are consistent and relatively close to the receiving device (for example, the receiving device is the terminal 103).

终端100在确定出接收设备后,可以通过BLE发送图片分享请求给接收设备(例如终端 103),并显示如图8E所示的提示框840,用于请求用户确认是否发送该图片831给接收设备 (例如终端103)。After determining the receiving device, the terminal 100 can send a picture sharing request to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103) through BLE, and display a prompt box 840 as shown in Figure 8E, for requesting the user to confirm whether to send the picture 831 to the receiving device (eg Terminal 103).

如图8E所示,在终端100确定出接收设备(例如为终端103)后,终端100可以输出提示框840。该提示框840用于请求用户确认是否发送图片831给接收设备。该提示框840中包括有确认按钮841和取消按钮842。其中,该确认按钮841用于触发终端100发送图片831 给接收设备。该取消按钮842用于触发终端100取消发送图片831给接收设备。其中,该提示框840中可以显示有接收设备的设备名称,用于让用户确认该接收设备是否符合预期。由于,终端100确定出的接收设备为终端103,终端100可以显示终端103的设备名称(例如,终端103的设备名称为“HUAWEI P30Pro”)。例如,该提示框840中可以显示有“是否将该图片发送给‘HUAWEI P30Pro’”等文字信息。该提示框840中还可以显示有该图片831的数据大小信息(例如“共8M”),用于提示用户该图片831的数据大小。As shown in FIG. 8E , after the terminal 100 determines the receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ), the terminal 100 may output a prompt box 840 . The prompt box 840 is used to request the user to confirm whether to send the picture 831 to the receiving device. The prompt box 840 includes a confirm button 841 and a cancel button 842 . Wherein, the confirmation button 841 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to send the picture 831 to the receiving device. The cancel button 842 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to cancel sending the picture 831 to the receiving device. Wherein, the device name of the receiving device may be displayed in the prompt box 840 to allow the user to confirm whether the receiving device meets expectations. Since the receiving device determined by the terminal 100 is the terminal 103, the terminal 100 may display the device name of the terminal 103 (for example, the device name of the terminal 103 is "HUAWEI P30Pro"). For example, the prompt box 840 may display text information such as "whether to send this picture to 'HUAWEI P30Pro'". The prompt box 840 may also display the data size information of the picture 831 (for example, "a total of 8M"), which is used to remind the user of the data size of the picture 831 .

终端100可以接收用户作用于提示框840中确认按钮841的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以通过BLE发送图片分享请求给接收设备(例如终端103),并显示如图8F所示的进度栏850。其中,该图片分享请求用于请求接收设备接收设备100分享的图片831。The terminal 100 can receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the confirmation button 841 in the prompt box 840. In response to this operation, the terminal 100 can send a picture sharing request to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103) through BLE, and display the picture as shown in FIG. 8F A progress bar 850 is shown. Wherein, the picture sharing request is used to request the receiving device to receive the picture 831 shared by the device 100 .

在一些实施例中,上述图8E中终端100显示的提示框840为可选的,终端100也可以在确定出接收设备后,不显示该提示框840,无需用户在终端100上确认,直接通过BLE发送图片分享请求给接收设备(例如终端103),并显示如图8E中所示的进度栏850。这样,只需用户在接收设备上同意接收,就可以直接发送该图片831给接收设备。In some embodiments, the prompt box 840 displayed by the terminal 100 in FIG. The BLE sends a picture sharing request to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103), and displays a progress bar 850 as shown in FIG. 8E. In this way, as long as the user agrees to receive on the receiving device, the picture 831 can be directly sent to the receiving device.

如图8F所示,终端100上显示的进度栏850中可以显示有文字信息851,用于提示接收设备的名称和图片831的数据大小等信息。例如,该文字信息831可以为“图片待发送至‘HUAWEI P30Pro’(共8M)”等文字信息。该进度栏850中还可以包括有进度条852和取消按钮853。其中,该进度条852可用于显示终端100发送图片831的进度。该取消按钮853 可用于触发终端100取消对图片831的发送。As shown in FIG. 8F , the progress bar 850 displayed on the terminal 100 may display text information 851 for prompting information such as the name of the receiving device and the data size of the picture 831 . For example, the text information 831 may be text information such as "pictures to be sent to 'HUAWEI P30Pro' (total 8M)". The progress bar 850 may also include a progress bar 852 and a cancel button 853 . Wherein, the progress bar 852 can be used to display the progress of the terminal 100 sending the picture 831 . The cancel button 853 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to cancel sending the picture 831.

如图8F所示,接收设备可以是终端103。终端103接收到终端100发送的图片分享请求后,可以显示出提示框840。其中,该提示框840中有接收按钮841和拒绝按钮842。该接收按钮84可用于触发终端103接收设备100发送的图片831。该拒绝按钮842可用于触发终端103拒绝接收设备100发送的图片831。As shown in FIG. 8F , the receiving device may be a terminal 103 . After terminal 103 receives the picture sharing request sent by terminal 100 , it may display a prompt box 840 . Wherein, the prompt box 840 has an accept button 841 and a reject button 842 . The receive button 84 can be used to trigger the terminal 103 to receive the picture 831 sent by the device 100 . The rejection button 842 can be used to trigger the terminal 103 to reject the picture 831 sent by the receiving device 100 .

接收设备(例如终端103)可以接收用户作用于接收按钮841的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,接收设备(例如终端103)可以发送接收响应给终端100。终端100在接收到该接收响应后,可以先将该图片831保存至终端100本地文件夹。然后,终端100通过Wi-Fi直连(Wi-Fi P2P)、Wi-Fi softAP、超宽带(ultra-wideband,UWB)等通信技术发送该图片831 给接收设备(例如,终端103)。其中,在发送该图片831的过程中,终端100上的进度条852 显示的进度会随着传输进程变化,例如,终端100还未开始传输该图片831时该进度条852 上显示的进度为“0%”,传输完成时该进度条852上显示的进度为“100%”。The receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ) may receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the receiving button 841 , and in response to the operation, the receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ) may send a reception response to the terminal 100 . After receiving the reception response, the terminal 100 may first save the picture 831 to a local folder of the terminal 100 . Then, the terminal 100 sends the picture 831 to the receiving device (for example, the terminal 103) through communication technologies such as Wi-Fi direct connection (Wi-Fi P2P), Wi-Fi softAP, ultra-wideband (ultra-wideband, UWB). Wherein, in the process of sending the picture 831, the progress displayed on the progress bar 852 on the terminal 100 will change with the transmission process. For example, the progress displayed on the progress bar 852 when the terminal 100 has not started to transmit the picture 831 is " 0%", when the transmission is completed, the progress displayed on the progress bar 852 is "100%".

如图8G所示,接收设备为终端103。终端100在将图片831发送给接收设备终端103后,终端103可以直接显示图片863,或者,经过用户确认之后再显示该图片861。其中,该终端 103上显示的图片863来源于终端100,与终端100上显示的图片831为同一图片文件。其中,该图片863在接收设备(例如,终端103)上显示的尺寸大小会根据接收设备(例如、终端103)的显示屏自适应调节。As shown in FIG. 8G , the receiving device is the terminal 103 . After the terminal 100 sends the picture 831 to the receiving device terminal 103, the terminal 103 may directly display the picture 863, or display the picture 861 after confirmation by the user. Wherein, the picture 863 displayed on the terminal 103 originates from the terminal 100, and is the same picture file as the picture 831 displayed on the terminal 100. Wherein, the size of the picture 863 displayed on the receiving device (eg, terminal 103) will be adaptively adjusted according to the display screen of the receiving device (eg, terminal 103).

在一些应用场景中,用户可以在选择要分享的图片、视频、文档等文件后,触发终端100 测量并显示附近设备的方向位置(包括方向与距离)。然后,用户可以从附近设备中选择出文件的接收设备,以触发终端100将用户选中的文件发送给接收设备。这样,用户可以在通过终端100分享文件数据给附近设备时,知晓附近设备的位置,便于用户确定文件数据的接收设备。In some application scenarios, the user can trigger the terminal 100 to measure and display the orientation position (including orientation and distance) of nearby devices after selecting files such as pictures, videos, and documents to be shared. Then, the user may select a receiving device for the file from nearby devices, so as to trigger the terminal 100 to send the file selected by the user to the receiving device. In this way, the user can know the location of the nearby device when sharing the file data to the nearby device through the terminal 100, which is convenient for the user to determine the receiving device of the file data.

在���9A-图9J示例性示出的UI实施例中,以视频文件为例,用户可以在数据分享界面 (例如“华为分享”界面)上选中需要分享的视频文件后,触发终端100测量并显示一个或多个附近设备的方向位置。然后,用户可以从附近设备中选择出文件的接收设备,以触发终端100将用户选中的文件数据发送给接收设备。In the UI embodiments exemplarily shown in FIGS. 9A-9J , taking video files as an example, the user can select the video file to be shared on the data sharing interface (such as the "Huawei Sharing" interface), and trigger the terminal 100 to measure and Displays the directional location of one or more nearby devices. Then, the user can select a receiving device for the file from nearby devices, so as to trigger the terminal 100 to send the file data selected by the user to the receiving device.

其中,“华为分享(Huawei Share)”可支持用户分享数据至终端100附近的设备。附近的设备可以包括附近的打印机、附近的投影仪、附近的显示器等,还可以包括附近的手机、附近的平板电脑、附近的个人电脑等。开启“华为分享”可以是指开启WLAN或蓝牙中的一项或多项。“华为分享”功能被开启后,该电子设备可以通过蓝牙、Wi-Fi直连(如Wi-Fip2p)、 Wi-Fi softAP等、Wi-Fi LAN等通信技术发现该终端100附近的设备。在一些实施例中,“华为分享”功能还可以有其他的名称,例如“即时分享”等,在此不作限定。Among them, “Huawei Share” can support users to share data to devices near the terminal 100 . Nearby devices may include nearby printers, nearby projectors, nearby displays, etc., and may also include nearby mobile phones, nearby tablet computers, nearby personal computers, and the like. Turning on "Huawei Sharing" may refer to turning on one or more of WLAN or Bluetooth. After the "Huawei Share" function is enabled, the electronic device can discover devices near the terminal 100 through communication technologies such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi direct connection (such as Wi-Fip2p), Wi-Fi softAP, and Wi-Fi LAN. In some embodiments, the "Huawei Share" function may also have other names, such as "Instant Share", etc., which are not limited here.

如图9A所示,终端100可以显示有主屏幕的界面510,该界面510中显示了一个放置有应用图标的页面,该页面包括多个应用图标(例如,天气应用图标、股票应用图标、计算器应用图标、设置应用图标512A、邮件应用图标、支付宝应用图标、脸书应用图标、浏览器应用图标、图库应用图标512B、音乐应用图标512C、视频应用图标、微信应用图标512D、查找我的设备应用图标512E,等等)。其中,针对该界面510的文字说明可以参考上述图5A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 9A , the terminal 100 may display an interface 510 on the home screen, and the interface 510 displays a page on which application icons are placed, and the page includes multiple application icons (for example, weather application icons, stock application icons, computing Device application icon, setting application icon 512A, mail application icon, Alipay application icon, Facebook application icon, browser application icon, gallery application icon 512B, music application icon 512C, video application icon, WeChat application icon 512D, find my device application icon 512E, etc.). Wherein, for the text description of the interface 510, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5A , which will not be repeated here.

终端100可以接收用户作用于设置应用图标512A的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图9B所示的设置应用界面910。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the setting application icon 512A, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the setting application interface 910 as shown in FIG. 9B .

如图9B所示,该设置应用界面910中包括有一个或多个设置条目(例如,无线和网络设备条目、设备连接设置条目911、应用和通知设置条目、电池设置条目、显示设置条目、声音设置条目、存储设置条目、安全和隐私设置条目、用户和账户设置条目,等等)。As shown in FIG. 9B , the setting application interface 910 includes one or more setting items (for example, wireless and network device items, device connection setting items 911, application and notification setting items, battery setting items, display setting items, sound settings entry, storage settings entry, security and privacy settings entry, user and account settings entry, etc.).

终端100可以接收用户作用于该设备连接设置条目911的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图9C所示的设备连接设置界面920。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the device connection setting item 911 , and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the device connection setting interface 920 as shown in FIG. 9C .

如图9C所示,该设备连接设置界面920包括有一个或多个选项(例如蓝牙选项、NFC选项、Huawei Beam选项、华为分享(Huawei Share)选项921、手机投屏选项、USB选项、打印选项,等等)。As shown in Figure 9C, the device connection setting interface 920 includes one or more options (such as Bluetooth options, NFC options, Huawei Beam options, Huawei Share (Huawei Share) options 921, mobile screen projection options, USB options, printing options ,etc).

终端1100可以接收用户作用于该华为分享选项921的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图9D所示的华为分享界面930。The terminal 1100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the Huawei sharing option 921, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the Huawei sharing interface 930 as shown in FIG. 9D.

如图9D所示,该华为分享界面930包括有用户信息条目931、可见性条目934、接收文件条目936、共享空间条目937、发文件控件938A、组播控件938B、打印控件938C、共享至电脑控件938D、一碰传控件938E。其中,该用户信息条目931用于显示用户头像932、用���名称933(例如“安茜”)以及设备名称(例如“HUAWEI Mate 20Pro”)。该可见性条目934 中包括有可见性开关控件935,用于触发终端100能够被其他设备发现。该接收文件条目936 用于触发终端100显示通过“华为分享”功能接收到的文件。该共享控件条目937可用于触发终端100显示出其他设备或用户分享的文件数据。该发文件控件938A可用于触发终端100 显示文件选择界面,供用户选择待发送的文件数据。该组播控件938B可用于触发终端100 同时向多个附近设备发送文件数据。该打印控件938C可用于触发100发送文件到附近打印机打印。共享至电脑控件938D可用于触发终端100发送文件数据至电脑上“华为分享”的客户端。一碰传控件938E可用于触发终端100通过NFC发送文件数据给其他设备。As shown in Figure 9D, the Huawei sharing interface 930 includes a user information entry 931, a visibility entry 934, a receiving file entry 936, a shared space entry 937, a file sending control 938A, a multicast control 938B, a printing control 938C, and a share to computer Control 938D, one touch transmission control 938E. Wherein, the user information item 931 is used to display a user avatar 932, a user name 933 (such as "Anxi") and a device name (such as "HUAWEI Mate 20Pro"). The visibility entry 934 includes a visibility switch control 935, which is used to trigger the terminal 100 to be discovered by other devices. The received file entry 936 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to display the file received through the "Huawei Share" function. The share control item 937 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display file data shared by other devices or users. The file sending control 938A can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display a file selection interface for the user to select the file data to be sent. The multicast control 938B can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to send file data to multiple nearby devices at the same time. The print control 938C can be used to trigger 100 to send the file to a nearby printer for printing. The share to computer control 938D can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to send file data to the "Huawei Share" client on the computer. The one-touch transmission control 938E can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to send file data to other devices through NFC.

终端100可以接收用户作用于发文件控件938A的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示出如图9E所示的文件选择界面940。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the file sending control 938A, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the file selection interface 940 as shown in FIG. 9E .

如图9E所示,该文件选择界面940的标题是可以是“选择文件”。该文件选择界面940 上可以包括有一个或多个数据类型选项(例如图片类型选项941、视频类型选项942、应用类型选项943、文件类型选项944)显示区域945和发送控件949。其中,该图片类型选项941可用于触发终端100在显示区域945中显示一个或多个图片文件夹(例如“相机”文件夹946、“手机淘宝”文件夹、“截屏目录”文件夹、“我的收藏”文件夹)。其中,该“相机”文件夹 946中包括有已选图片提示947和文件夹全选框948。该已选图片提示947可用于提示用户在该“相机”文件夹946中已选择的���片������。该文件夹全选框948可用于触发选中该“相机”文件夹946中的所有照片。该视频类型选项942可用于触发终端100在显示区域945中显示一个或多个视频选项。该应用选项943可用于触发终端100在显示区域945中显示一个或多个应用数据选项。该文件选项944可用于触发终端100在显示区域945中显示一个或多个其他文件(例如文档、表格、幻灯片等文件)。As shown in FIG. 9E , the title of the file selection interface 940 may be "Select File". One or more data type options (such as picture type option 941, video type option 942, application type option 943, file type option 944) display area 945 and sending control 949 can be included on the file selection interface 940. Wherein, the picture type option 941 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display one or more picture folders in the display area 945 (for example, the "camera" folder 946, the "mobile phone Taobao" folder, the "screenshot directory" folder, the "my "Favorites" folder). Wherein, the "camera" folder 946 includes a selected picture prompt 947 and a folder full selection box 948. The selected picture prompt 947 can be used to remind the user of the number of pictures selected in the “camera” folder 946 . The folder select all box 948 can be used to trigger selection of all photos in the “Camera” folder 946 . The video type option 942 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display one or more video options in the display area 945 . The application option 943 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display one or more application data options in the display area 945 . The file option 944 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display one or more other files (such as documents, tables, slides, etc.) in the display area 945 .

如图9F所示,在终端100接收用户作用于视频类型选项942的操作(例如单击)后,响应于该操作,终端100可以在显示区域945中显示一个或多个视频选项(例如,“美食课程”视频选项952、“海边漫步”视频选项953、“周末嗨翻天”视频选项954、“旅行”视频选项 955、“夕阳”视频选项956、“朝露”视频选项957,等等)。终端100还可以在该显示区域 945中显示有全选框951,用于触发终端100选中显示区域945中所有的视频选项。As shown in FIG. 9F, after the terminal 100 receives the user's operation (such as clicking) on the video type option 942, in response to the operation, the terminal 100 can display one or more video options in the display area 945 (for example, " "Gourmet Lesson" video option 952, "Beach Walk" video option 953, "Weekend Fun" video option 954, "Travel" video option 955, "Sunset" video option 956, "Morning Dew" video option 957, etc.). The terminal 100 can also display a check box 951 in the display area 945, which is used to trigger the terminal 100 to select all video options in the display area 945.

终端100可以接收用户针对操作“旅行”视频选项955和“夕阳”视频选项956的操作(例如,单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以在“旅行”视频选项955和“夕阳”视频选项 956都显示如图9G所示的标记958,用于提示用户当���已选择“旅行”视频选项955对应的视频文件和“夕阳”视频选项956对应的视频文件。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on operating the "travel" video option 955 and the "sunset" video option 956. 956 all display a mark 958 as shown in FIG. 9G , which is used to remind the user that the video file corresponding to the "travel" video option 955 and the video file corresponding to the "sunset" video option 956 are currently selected.

如图9G所示,终端100在用户选择完待发送的文件数据(例如,“旅行”视频选项955对应的视频文件和“夕阳”视频选项956对应的视频文件)后,可以在发送控件949中显示待发送文件数据的数据大小(例如122MB)。As shown in FIG. 9G , after the user selects the file data to be sent (for example, the video file corresponding to the "travel" video option 955 and the video file corresponding to the "sunset" video option 956), the terminal 100 can send the data in the sending control 949. Display the data size of the file data to be sent (for example, 122MB).

终端100可以接收用户作用于该发送控件949的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端 100可以显示如图9H所示的文件发送界面960。同时,终端100可以开启蓝牙功能,通过BLE 搜索附近设备,并通过BLE AoA测量附近设备的方向位置(包括方向和距离)。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the sending control 949, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the file sending interface 960 as shown in FIG. 9H. At the same time, the terminal 100 can turn on the Bluetooth function, search for nearby devices through BLE, and measure the direction and position (including direction and distance) of nearby devices through BLE AoA.

如图9H所示,该文件发送界面960可以包括有附近设备选项962、联系人选项963和雷达图970。在终端100搜索到附近设备且测量出附近设备的方向位置后,终端100可以在雷达图970中显示出附近设备相对于终端100的方向位置。其中,附近设备可以有终端101、终端102和终端103。该终端101的设备名称可以为“Verseau”,该终端102的设备名称可以为“Daniel”,该终端103的设备名称可以为“HUAWEI P30Pro”。As shown in FIG. 9H , the file sending interface 960 may include a nearby device option 962 , a contact option 963 and a radar map 970 . After the terminal 100 searches for a nearby device and measures the direction and position of the nearby device, the terminal 100 may display the direction and position of the nearby device relative to the terminal 100 on the radar map 970 . Among them, the nearby devices may include terminal 101 , terminal 102 and terminal 103 . The device name of the terminal 101 may be "Verseau", the device name of the terminal 102 may be "Daniel", and the device name of the terminal 103 may be "HUAWEI P30Pro".

其中,终端100测量出的附近设备(终端101、终端102和终端103)的方向位置可以参考上述图4示例性示出的终端100与附近设备(终端101、终端102和终端103)的位置关系。终端101可以在终端100的顺时针315度方向0.8m处,终端102可以在终端100的顺时针 45度方向1.2m处,终端103可以在终端100的顺时针90度方向0.5m处。Wherein, the direction positions of the nearby devices (terminal 101, terminal 102 and terminal 103) measured by the terminal 100 can refer to the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and the nearby devices (terminal 101, terminal 102 and terminal 103) as shown in FIG. . Terminal 101 may be at 0.8m in a clockwise direction of 315° from terminal 100, terminal 102 may be at 1.2m in a clockwise direction of 45° from terminal 100, and terminal 103 may be at 0.5m in a clockwise direction of 90° from terminal 100.

如图9H所示,终端100可以在雷达图970上显示出自身的位置标记971,终端101的位置标记972、终端102的位置标记973和终端103的位置标记974。其中,终端100的位置标记971与附近设备的位置标记之间的位置关系可以参考终端100与附近设备的位置关系。As shown in FIG. 9H , the terminal 100 may display its own position mark 971 , the position mark 972 of the terminal 101 , the position mark 973 of the terminal 102 and the position mark 974 of the terminal 103 on the radar chart 970 . Wherein, the positional relationship between the position marker 971 of the terminal 100 and the position markers of nearby devices may refer to the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and nearby devices.

其中,各位置标记(位置标记971、位置标记972、位置标记973、位置标记974)之间的距离可以根据终端100与附近设备的距离,按照一定比例进行缩放。附近设备的位置标记(位置标记972、位置标记973和位置标记974)相对于位置标记971的方向,与附近设备相对于终端100的方向相同。Wherein, the distance between each location marker (position marker 971 , location marker 972 , location marker 973 , and location marker 974 ) can be scaled according to a certain ratio according to the distance between the terminal 100 and nearby devices. The direction of the position markers of the nearby devices (the position marker 972 , the position marker 973 and the position marker 974 ) relative to the position marker 971 is the same as the direction of the nearby devices relative to the terminal 100 .

例如,缩放比例可以是1:40。由于终端101在终端100的顺时针315度方向0.8m处,该位置标记972可以在该位置标记961的顺时针315度方向2cm处。由于终端102在终端100的顺时针45度方向1.2m处,该位置标记973可以在该位置标记971的顺时针45度方向3cm处。由于终端103在终端100的顺时针45度方向0.5m处,该位置标记974可以在该位置标记971的顺时针90度方向1.25cm处。以上示例仅仅用于解释本申请,在此不作限定。For example, the zoom ratio may be 1:40. Since the terminal 101 is at 0.8 m in a clockwise direction of 315 degrees of the terminal 100 , the position mark 972 may be at a position of 2 cm in a clockwise direction of 315 degrees of the position mark 961 . Since the terminal 102 is at 1.2 m in a clockwise direction of 45 degrees from the terminal 100 , the position mark 973 may be at a position of 3 cm in a clockwise direction of 45 degrees from the position mark 971 . Since the terminal 103 is at 0.5 m in a clockwise direction of 45 degrees from the terminal 100 , the position mark 974 may be at a position of 1.25 cm in a clockwise direction of 90 degrees from the position mark 971 . The above examples are only used to explain the present application, and are not limited here.

终端100可以接收用户作用于附近设备的位置标记的操作(例如用户单击位置标记974),响应于该操作,终端100可以确定出接收设备(例如终端103),并通过BLE发送图片分享请求给接收设备(例如终端103),并显示如图9I所示的进度栏980。其中,该数据分享请求用于请求接收设备接收设备100分享的文件数据。The terminal 100 can receive the user's operation on the location marker of a nearby device (for example, the user clicks the location marker 974), and in response to this operation, the terminal 100 can determine the receiving device (such as the terminal 103), and send a picture sharing request to The receiving device (such as the terminal 103), and displays the progress bar 980 as shown in FIG. 9I. Wherein, the data sharing request is used to request the receiving device to receive the file data shared by the device 100 .

如图9I所示,终端100上显示的进度栏980中可以显示有文字信息981,用于提示用户已选中文件数据的名称、接收设备的名称和已选中文件数据的数据大小等信息。例如,该文字信息可以是“视频文件‘旅行’和‘夕阳’待发送至‘HUAWEI P30Pro’(���122M)”。该进度栏980中还可以包括有进度条982和取消按钮983。其中,该进度条982可用于显示终端100发送已选中文件数据(例如“旅行”视频选项955对应的视频文件和“夕阳”视频选项956对应的视频文件)的进度。该取消按钮983可用于触发取消对已选中文件数据的发送。As shown in FIG. 9I , the progress bar 980 displayed on the terminal 100 may display text information 981 for prompting the user of information such as the name of the selected file data, the name of the receiving device, and the data size of the selected file data. For example, the text message may be "video files 'travel' and 'sunset' to be sent to 'HUAWEI P30Pro' (total 122M)". The progress bar 980 may also include a progress bar 982 and a cancel button 983 . Wherein, the progress bar 982 can be used to display the progress of the terminal 100 sending the selected file data (such as the video file corresponding to the "travel" video option 955 and the video file corresponding to the "sunset" video option 956). The cancel button 983 can be used to trigger the cancellation of sending the selected file data.

如图9I所示,接收设备可以是终端103。终端103接收到终端100发送的数据分享请求后,可以显示出提示框990。其中,该提示框990中包括有接收按钮991和拒绝按钮992。该接收按钮991可用于触发终端103接收该终端100发送的该文件数据。该拒绝按钮992可用于触发终端103拒绝接收该终端100发送的该文件数据。As shown in FIG. 9I , the receiving device may be a terminal 103 . After terminal 103 receives the data sharing request sent by terminal 100 , it may display a prompt box 990 . Wherein, the prompt box 990 includes an accept button 991 and a reject button 992 . The receiving button 991 can be used to trigger the terminal 103 to receive the file data sent by the terminal 100 . The rejection button 992 can be used to trigger the terminal 103 to refuse to receive the file data sent by the terminal 100 .

接收设备(例如终端103)可以接收用户作用于接收按钮991的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,接收设备可以发送接收响应给终端100。终端100在接收到该接收响应后,可以通过Wi-Fi直连(Wi-Fi P2P)、Wi-Fi softAP、超宽带(ultra-wideband,UWB)等通信技术发送该用户选中的文件数据(例如“旅行”视频选项955对应的视频文件和“夕阳”视频选项956对应的视频文件)给接收设备(例如,终端103)。其中,在发送该文件数据的过程中,终端100上的进度条982显示的进度会随着传输进程变化,例如,终端100还未开始传输该文件数据时该进度条982上显示的进度为“0%”,传输完成时该进度条982上显示的进度为“100%”。The receiving device (such as the terminal 103 ) may receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the receiving button 991 , and in response to the operation, the receiving device may send a reception response to the terminal 100 . After receiving the reception response, the terminal 100 can send the file data selected by the user through communication technologies such as Wi-Fi direct connection (Wi-Fi P2P), Wi-Fi softAP, and ultra-wideband (UWB) The video file corresponding to the "travel" video option 955 and the video file corresponding to the "sunset" video option 956) to the receiving device (eg, terminal 103). Wherein, in the process of sending the file data, the progress displayed on the progress bar 982 on the terminal 100 will change with the transmission process, for example, when the terminal 100 has not started to transmit the file data, the progress displayed on the progress bar 982 is " 0%", when the transmission is completed, the progress displayed on the progress bar 982 is "100%".

如图9J所示,接收设备为终端103。终端100在将用户选中的文件数据(例如“旅行”视频选项955对应的视频文件和“夕阳”视频选项956对应的视频文件)发送给终端103后,终端103可以直接显示“旅行”视频选项993和“夕阳”视频选项994,或者,经过用户确认之后再显示。其中,该终端103上显示的“旅行”视频选项993对应的视频文件来源于终端100,与终端100上“旅行”视频选项955对应的视频文件为同一视频文件。该终端103 上显示的“夕阳”视频选项994对应的视频文件来源于终端100,与终端100上“夕阳”视频选项956对应的视频文件为同一视频文件。As shown in FIG. 9J , the receiving device is the terminal 103 . After the terminal 100 sends the file data selected by the user (such as the video file corresponding to the "travel" video option 955 and the video file corresponding to the "sunset" video option 956) to the terminal 103, the terminal 103 can directly display the "travel" video option 993 and "sunset" video option 994, or, display after confirmation by the user. Wherein, the video file corresponding to the "travel" video option 993 displayed on the terminal 103 is from the terminal 100, and the video file corresponding to the "travel" video option 955 on the terminal 100 is the same video file. The video file corresponding to the "sunset" video option 994 displayed on the terminal 103 comes from the terminal 100, and the video file corresponding to the "sunset" video option 956 on the terminal 100 is the same video file.

在一些实施例中,触发终端100显示上述图9D中所示的华为分享界面930的操作,不限于上述针对图9C所示的设备连接设置界面920中华为分享选项921的操作,终端100还可以响应于用户在主屏幕的操作调出菜单窗口,该菜单窗口包括有华为分享功能的开关控件。再响应于用户作用于该开关控件的操作,使得终端100显示出上述图9D中所示的华为分享界面930。这样,有助于简化用户发送文件数据给附近设备的操作步骤。In some embodiments, the operation of triggering the terminal 100 to display the Huawei sharing interface 930 shown in FIG. 9D is not limited to the above operation for the Huawei sharing option 921 in the device connection setting interface 920 shown in FIG. In response to the user's operation on the main screen, a menu window is called up, and the menu window includes a switch control with a Huawei sharing function. In response to the user's operation on the switch control, the terminal 100 displays the Huawei sharing interface 930 shown in FIG. 9D . In this way, it is helpful to simplify the operation steps for the user to send file data to nearby devices.

示例性,如图10A所示,终端100可以显示有主屏幕的界面510,针对该界面510的文字说明可以参考上述图5A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。终端100可以接收用户作用于状态栏511的滑动操作(例如向下滑动),响应于该滑动操作,终端100可以显示出如图10B所示的菜单窗口1010。该菜单窗口1010中可以显示有一些功能的开关控件(例如,无线局域网(WLAN)开关控件、蓝牙开关控件、手电筒开关控件、响铃开关控件、自动旋转开关控件、华为分享(Huawei Share)开关控件1011,等等)。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 10A , the terminal 100 may display an interface 510 with a home screen. For the textual description of the interface 510 , reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5A , which will not be repeated here. The terminal 100 may receive a user's sliding operation on the status bar 511 (for example, sliding down), and in response to the sliding operation, the terminal 100 may display a menu window 1010 as shown in FIG. 10B . Switch controls with some functions can be displayed in the menu window 1010 (for example, wireless local area network (WLAN) switch control, Bluetooth switch control, flashlight switch control, ringing switch control, automatic rotation switch control, Huawei Share (Huawei Share) switch control 1011, etc.).

终端100可以接收用户作用于华为分享开关控件1011的操作(例如长按),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图10D所示的华为分享界面930。其中,图10D中所示的华为分享930与上述图9D中所示的华为分享界面930相同,因此,对于华为分享界面930的文字说明可以参考上述图9D所示实施例,在此不再赘述。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (such as a long press) on the Huawei sharing switch control 1011 , and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the Huawei sharing interface 930 as shown in FIG. 10D . Among them, the Huawei share 930 shown in FIG. 10D is the same as the Huawei share interface 930 shown in FIG. 9D above. Therefore, for the text description of the Huawei share interface 930, you can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 9D above, and will not repeat them here. .

在一些实施例中,终端100不仅可以将用户选中的文件数据通过近距离通信技术分享给附近设备,还可以通过因特网(Internet)将用户选中的文件数据发送给华为分享应用中联系人的设备上。这样,可以方便用户选择通过近距离通信技术分享给附近设备,还是通过因特网不限距离的发送给联系人的设备上,简化了用户同时分享数据给附近设备和联系人的操作。In some embodiments, the terminal 100 can not only share the file data selected by the user to nearby devices through short-range communication technology, but also send the file data selected by the user to the device of the contact in the Huawei sharing application through the Internet (Internet). . In this way, it is convenient for the user to choose to share data with nearby devices through short-distance communication technology, or send it to a contact device at an unlimited distance through the Internet, which simplifies the user's operation of sharing data with nearby devices and contacts at the same time.

示例性,如图10E所示,终端100显示文件发送界面960。其中,针对该文件发送界面960的文字说明可以参考前述图9H所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 10E , the terminal 100 displays a file sending interface 960 . For the text description of the file sending interface 960, reference may be made to the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9H , which will not be repeated here.

终端100可以接收用户作用于文件发送界面960中联系人选项963的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以在雷达图970的显示区域更新显示为如图10F所示的联系人列表1020。The terminal 100 can receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the contact option 963 in the file sending interface 960, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 can update and display the contact in the display area of the radar chart 970 as shown in FIG. 10F List 1020.

如图10F所示,该联系人列表1020中包括有一个或多个联系人(例如,“魏婴”、“江澄”、“Andy”、“Anna”、“Bob”、“Britney”,等等)选项。其中,该一个或多个联系人选项对应的设备上具有同类型客户端的用户账号(例如,华为账号)。其中,每个联系人的选项上都显示有联系人的用户名以及设备型号。例如,联系人选项1021上显示的联系人的用户名为“魏婴”,设备型号为“HUAWEI P30Pro”。As shown in FIG. 10F , the contact list 1020 includes one or more contacts (for example, "Wei Ying", "Jiang Cheng", "Andy", "Anna", "Bob", "Britney", etc. etc.) options. Wherein, the device corresponding to the one or more contact options has a user account of the same type of client (for example, a Huawei account). Among them, the user name and device model of the contact are displayed on the options of each contact. For example, the user name of the contact displayed on contact option 1021 is "Wei Ying", and the device model is "HUAWEI P30Pro".

终端100可以接收用户作用于该联系人选项1021的操作,响应于该操作,终端100可以将用户选中的文件数据发送给该联系人选项1021对应的设备。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation on the contact option 1021, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may send the file data selected by the user to the device corresponding to the contact option 1021.

如图10G所示,终端100在给联系人选项1021对应的设备发送文件数据的过程中可以显示进度框1022,用于提示用户文件发送的进度。As shown in FIG. 10G , during the process of sending file data to the device corresponding to the contact option 1021 , the terminal 100 may display a progress box 1022 for prompting the user about the progress of file sending.

在一些应用场景中,当终端100的配件设备(例如蓝牙耳机、蓝牙音箱,等等)丢失在某个角落,用户无法通过肉眼查找到时,终端100可以通过BLE AoA技术测量附近设备的方向位置,并在触控屏上显示配件设备相对于终端100的方向位置。这样,可以帮助用户查找到附近的配件设备,提高用户体验。In some application scenarios, when the accessory devices of the terminal 100 (such as Bluetooth headsets, Bluetooth speakers, etc.) are lost in a corner and the user cannot find them with the naked eye, the terminal 100 can measure the direction and position of nearby devices through the BLE AoA technology , and display the orientation position of the accessory device relative to the terminal 100 on the touch screen. In this way, the user can be helped to find nearby accessory devices, thereby improving user experience.

示例性的,如图11A所示,终端100可以显示有主屏幕的界面510,针对该界面510的文字说明可以参考上述图5A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。终端100可以接收用户作用于查找我的设备应用512E的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图11B所示的应用界面1110。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 11A , the terminal 100 may display an interface 510 with a home screen. For the textual description of the interface 510 , reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A above, which will not be repeated here. The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the find my device application 512E, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the application interface 1110 as shown in FIG. 11B .

如图11B所示,应用界面1110的标题可以是“查找我的设备”。该应用界面1110可以包括地图1120、位置刷新控件1111、一个或多个设备选项(例如,设备选项1112、和配件设备选项1113)。其中,该地图1120中包括有终端100的位置标记1121以及一个或多个配件设备的位置标记。例如,设备选项1112对应的设备可以为手机,其设备名称可以为“HUAWEIP30”。该设备选项1113对应的设备可以是蓝牙耳机,其设备名称可以为“HUAWEI Free Buds2”。As shown in FIG. 11B , the title of the application interface 1110 may be "Find My Device." The application interface 1110 can include a map 1120, a location refresh control 1111, one or more device options (eg, device options 1112, and accessory device options 1113). Wherein, the map 1120 includes a location marker 1121 of the terminal 100 and location markers of one or more accessory devices. For example, the device corresponding to the device option 1112 may be a mobile phone, and its device name may be "HUAWEIP30". The device corresponding to the device option 1113 may be a Bluetooth headset, and its device name may be "HUAWEI Free Buds2".

其中,该地图1120中可以包括有终端100的位置标记(例如,位置标记1121)和一个或多个其他设备的位置标记(例如,位置标记1122、位置标记1123)。该位置标记1121可用于表示终端100当前的在地图1120中的位置。由于当前该手机“HUAWEI P30”可以将全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)位置发送至终端100,因此,该位置标记1122可用于表示该手机“HUAWEI P30”在地图1120中位置。由于当前该蓝牙耳机“HUAWEI Free Buds2”无法将GPS位置发送至终端100或者该蓝牙耳机“HUAWEI Free Buds 2”无GPS定位功能。因此,该位置标记1123可用于表示该蓝牙耳机“HUAWEI Free Buds 2”上次与终端 100断开连接时在地图1120中的位置。其中,上述位置刷新控件1111用于触发终端100更新显示终端100以及其他各设备的位置标记。Wherein, the map 1120 may include a location marker of the terminal 100 (for example, a location marker 1121 ) and one or more location markers of other devices (for example, a location marker 1122 and a location marker 1123 ). The location marker 1121 may be used to represent the current location of the terminal 100 on the map 1120 . Since the current mobile phone "HUAWEI P30" can send a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS) position to the terminal 100, the location mark 1122 can be used to indicate the position of the mobile phone "HUAWEI P30" in the map 1120. Because the current Bluetooth headset "HUAWEI Free Buds 2" cannot send the GPS location to the terminal 100 or the Bluetooth headset "HUAWEI Free Buds 2" has no GPS positioning function. Therefore, the position mark 1123 can be used to represent the position in the map 1120 when the Bluetooth headset "HUAWEI Free Buds 2" was disconnected from the terminal 100 last time. Wherein, the location refresh control 1111 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to update the location markers of the display terminal 100 and other devices.

终端100可以接收用户作用于设备选项1113的操作,响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图11C所示的设备查找界面1130。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation on the device option 1113, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display a device search interface 1130 as shown in FIG. 11C.

如图11C所示,上述设备选项1113对应的设备可以是蓝牙耳机。该设备查找界面1130 上的标题可以显示有该���牙耳机的名称,例如“HUAWEI Free Buds 2”。该设备查找界面1130 中包括有地图1140、定位设备控件1131、播放声音控件1132、雷达图1133。其中,该地图 1140中显示包括有终端100的位置标记1141和该蓝牙耳机的位置标记1142。其中,该位置标记1141用于表示终端100当前在地图1140中的位置,由于终端100无法获取到该蓝牙耳机的GPS位置,因此,该位置标记1142用于表示该蓝牙耳机与终端100断开连接时在地图1140中的位置。As shown in FIG. 11C , the device corresponding to the above device option 1113 may be a Bluetooth headset. The title on the device search interface 1130 may display the name of the Bluetooth headset, such as "HUAWEI Free Buds 2". The device search interface 1130 includes a map 1140, a positioning device control 1131, a sound playback control 1132, and a radar map 1133. Wherein, the map 1140 includes a position mark 1141 of the terminal 100 and a position mark 1142 of the Bluetooth headset. Wherein, the position mark 1141 is used to indicate the current position of the terminal 100 in the map 1140. Since the terminal 100 cannot obtain the GPS position of the Bluetooth headset, the position mark 1142 is used to indicate that the Bluetooth headset is disconnected from the terminal 100. The location in map 1140 at that time.

其中,该定位设备控件1131可用于触发终端100更新显示地图中终端100以及蓝牙耳机的位置标记。该播放声音控件1132可用于触发终端100发送声音播放请求给该蓝牙耳机,用于请求该蓝牙耳机播放声音。该雷达图控件1133可用于触发终端100通过BLE AoA测量附近设备的位置,并在雷达图中显示附近设备的位置。这样,通过BLE AoA测量附近设备的位置,可以在配件设备无法通过GPS定位的情况下,帮助用户找到配件设备。Wherein, the positioning device control 1131 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to update and display the location markers of the terminal 100 and the Bluetooth headset in the map. The play sound control 1132 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to send a sound play request to the Bluetooth headset, for requesting the Bluetooth headset to play a sound. The radar chart control 1133 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to measure the position of nearby devices through BLE AoA, and display the positions of nearby devices in the radar chart. In this way, measuring the location of nearby devices through BLE AoA can help users find accessory devices when the accessory device cannot be located by GPS.

如图11D所示,当终端100在移动的过程中,该地图1140中的位置标记1141在地图中的位置也会变化。在终端100移动到位置标记1142所表示地理位置的附近(例如相距2m内) 时,终端100可以显示出提示信息1134,用于提示当前可以触发终端100在雷达图中显示配件设备(例如蓝牙耳机)的位置。例如,该提示信息1134可以是文字提示(例如,“已到达配‘HUAWEI Free Buds 2’附近,您可以开启雷达图更精确查找该配件”),不限于文字提示,该提示信息1134还可以图片提示,声音提示,等等。As shown in FIG. 11D , when the terminal 100 is moving, the position of the position mark 1141 in the map 1140 in the map will also change. When the terminal 100 moves to the vicinity of the geographic location indicated by the position mark 1142 (for example, within 2m), the terminal 100 can display a prompt message 1134, which is used to prompt that the terminal 100 can be triggered to display an accessory device (such as a Bluetooth headset) in the radar chart. )s position. For example, the prompt information 1134 can be a text prompt (for example, "The accessory 'HUAWEI Free Buds 2' is near, you can open the radar map to find this accessory more precisely"), not limited to text prompts, the prompt information 1134 can also be a picture Prompts, voice prompts, and more.

终端100可以接收用户作用于雷达图控件1133的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图11E所示的雷达图界面1150。同时,终端100开启蓝牙功能,通过BLE搜索附近设备,并通过BLE AoA测量附近设备的方向位置(包括方向和距离)。The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the radar chart control 1133 , and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the radar chart interface 1150 as shown in FIG. 11E . At the same time, the terminal 100 turns on the Bluetooth function, searches for nearby devices through BLE, and measures the direction and position (including direction and distance) of the nearby devices through BLE AoA.

如图11E所示,该雷达图界面1150可以包括有雷达图1160、左耳静音控件1151、播放声音控件1152和右耳静音控件1153。其中,在终端100搜索到该配件设备(例如蓝牙耳机)且测量出该蓝牙耳机的方向位置后,终端100可以在雷达图1160中显示出该配件设备相对于终端100的方向位置。其中,终端100可以在雷达图中显示出位置标记1161和位置标记1162。该位置标记1161可用于表示终端100自身在雷达图中的位置。该位置标记1162可用于表示配件设备(例如蓝牙设备)在雷达图1160中的位置。As shown in FIG. 11E , the radar chart interface 1150 may include a radar chart 1160 , a left ear mute control 1151 , a play sound control 1152 and a right ear mute control 1153 . Wherein, after the terminal 100 searches for the accessory device (such as a Bluetooth headset) and measures the direction and position of the Bluetooth headset, the terminal 100 may display the direction and position of the accessory device relative to the terminal 100 in the radar chart 1160 . Wherein, the terminal 100 may display a position mark 1161 and a position mark 1162 in the radar chart. The position mark 1161 may be used to indicate the position of the terminal 100 itself in the radar chart. The location marker 1162 can be used to indicate the location of the accessory device (eg, a Bluetooth device) in the radar map 1160 .

其中,该位置标记1161与位置标记1162的位置关系可以参考终端100与该配件设备的位置关系,该位置标记1161与位置标记1162之间的距离可以根据终端100与附近设备的距离,按照一定比例进行缩放。位置标记1162相对于位置标记1161的方向,与附近设备相对于终端100的方向相同。Wherein, the positional relationship between the position mark 1161 and the position mark 1162 can refer to the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and the accessory device, and the distance between the position mark 1161 and the position mark 1162 can be calculated according to a certain ratio according to the distance between the terminal 100 and nearby devices. to zoom. The direction of the position mark 1162 relative to the position mark 1161 is the same as the direction of the nearby device relative to the terminal 100 .

例如,缩放比例可以是1:50。由于配件设备可以在终端100的顺时针方向270度方向1m 处,该位置标记1162可以在该位置标记1161的顺时针270度方向2cm处。以上示例仅仅用于解释本申请,在此不作限定。For example, the zoom ratio may be 1:50. Since the accessory device may be at 1 m in the clockwise direction of 270 degrees of the terminal 100, the position mark 1162 may be at 2 cm in the clockwise direction of 270 degrees of the position mark 1161. The above examples are only used to explain the present application, and are not limited here.

在一些实施例中,终端100还可以通过BLE广播发送声音播放请求给配件设备,用于请求配件设备播发声音。这样,可以让用户听声辩位,快速找到配件设备位置。In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may also send a sound play request to the accessory device through the BLE broadcast, for requesting the accessory device to play the sound. In this way, the user can listen to the voice to identify the location and quickly find the location of the accessory device.

示例性的,如图11E所示,终端100可以接收用户作用于播放声音控件1152的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以发送声音播放请求给配件设备(例如蓝牙耳机)。配件设备(例如蓝牙耳机)可以响应于该声音播放请求,播放指定声音(例如一段音乐、一段语音,等等)。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 11E , the terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the play sound control 1152, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may send a sound play request to the accessory device (such as a Bluetooth headset). The accessory device (such as a bluetooth headset) can play a specified sound (such as a piece of music, a piece of voice, etc.) in response to the sound playing request.

如图11F所示,配件设备(例如蓝牙耳机)接收到声音播放请求后,可以返回声音播放响应给终端100。终端100接收到声音播放响应后,可以在显示出提示信息1155,并在将播放声音控件1152替换显示为停止播放控件1154。该提示信息1155可用于提示用户当前该配件设备正在播放声音。其中,该提示信息1155可以是文字类提示,例如,“HUAWEI Free Buds2正在播放声音…”。不限于此,该提示信息1155还可以是图片,声音等其他类型的提示。该停止播放控件1154用于触发终端100发送停止播放请求给配件设备(例如蓝牙耳机),用于请求配件设备(例如蓝牙耳机)停止播放声音。As shown in FIG. 11F , the accessory device (such as a Bluetooth headset) may return a sound playing response to the terminal 100 after receiving the sound playing request. After receiving the sound playing response, the terminal 100 may display a prompt message 1155 and replace the playing sound control 1152 with a stop playing control 1154 . The prompt information 1155 can be used to prompt the user that the accessory device is currently playing sound. Wherein, the prompt information 1155 may be a text prompt, for example, "HUAWEI Free Buds2 is playing sound...". Not limited thereto, the prompt information 1155 may also be other types of prompts such as pictures and sounds. The play stop control 1154 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to send a stop play request to the accessory device (such as a Bluetooth headset), and is used to request the accessory device (such as a Bluetooth headset) to stop playing sound.

在一些实施例中,配件设备可以为蓝牙耳机,���些类型(例如,真无线立体声(truewireless stereo,TWS)类型)的蓝牙耳机可以包括左耳耳机和右耳耳机,且左耳耳机和右耳耳机在机械结构上独立分开。终端100可以通过BLE广播控制蓝牙耳机只通过左耳耳机播放声音或者只通过右耳播放声音。例如,终端100可以接收用户作用于左耳静音控件1151的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以发送左耳静音请求给蓝牙耳机。蓝牙耳机在接收到该左耳静音请求后,可以禁止左耳耳机播放声音。终端100可以接收用户作用于右耳静音控件1153 的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以发送右耳静音请求给蓝牙耳机。蓝牙耳机在接收到该右耳静音请求后,可以禁止右耳耳机播放声音。这样,可以便于用户找到单个的左耳耳机或右耳耳机。In some embodiments, the accessory device can be a Bluetooth headset, and some types (for example, true wireless stereo (TWS) type) of Bluetooth headsets can include a left-ear headset and a right-ear headset, and the left-ear headset and the right-ear headset Separated mechanically. The terminal 100 can control the Bluetooth headset to play sound only through the left earphone or only through the right ear through the BLE broadcast. For example, the terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, single click) on the left ear mute control 1151, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may send a left ear mute request to the Bluetooth headset. After the bluetooth earphone receives the left ear mute request, it can prohibit the left ear earphone from playing sound. The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the right ear mute control 1153, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may send a right ear mute request to the Bluetooth headset. After receiving the right ear mute request, the bluetooth earphone can prohibit the right ear earphone from playing sound. In this way, it is convenient for the user to find a single left earphone or right earphone.

在一些应用场景中,终端100附近可以有多个显示设备。终端100可以通过在主屏幕界面接收到用户的滑动操作(例如,三指滑动),将终端100的触控屏上的显示内容投屏至与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且在该方向上最近的显示设备。这样,可以简化用户投屏的操作步骤,提高了用户体验。In some application scenarios, there may be multiple display devices near the terminal 100 . The terminal 100 may receive the user's sliding operation (for example, three-finger sliding) on the home screen interface, and project the display content on the touch screen of the terminal 100 to a location that is consistent with the sliding direction of the sliding operation and is closest to the sliding direction in this direction. display device. In this way, the operation steps for the user to cast a screen can be simplified, and the user experience is improved.

首先,示例性的介绍本应用场景下的系统架构。First, the system architecture in this application scenario is introduced as an example.

请参照图12,为本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构图。如图12所示,该系统12包括有终端100和附近设备。附近设备包括显示设备104和显示设备105,等等。其中,该图12中示例性的示出了本申请的一些应用场景中,终端100与显示设备104和显示设备105在水平面上的位置关系。Please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the system 12 includes a terminal 100 and nearby devices. Nearby devices include display device 104 and display device 105, among others. Wherein, FIG. 12 exemplarily shows the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and the display device 104 and the display device 105 on the horizontal plane in some application scenarios of the present application.

在本申请的实施例中,为了便于说明终端100与附近设备的位置关系,可以将设备的上的以参考点(例如,可以是中心位置点)表示其在平面图中的位置。例如,可以��终端100 的中心位置点,������其在水平面中的位置。本申请实施例中,可以将终端100的中心位置点为起始点垂直于终端100触控屏的上边缘的向量所指方向,作为终端100的基准方向,也可以称为终端100的0度方向。In the embodiment of the present application, in order to illustrate the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and nearby devices, a reference point (for example, a center position point) may be used on the device to indicate its position in the plan view. For example, the center position point of the terminal 100 may be used to represent its position in the horizontal plane. In the embodiment of the present application, the center position of the terminal 100 can be taken as the direction pointed by the vector whose starting point is perpendicular to the upper edge of the touch screen of the terminal 100, as the reference direction of the terminal 100, which can also be called the 0-degree direction of the terminal 100 .

因此,如图12所示,显示设备104可以在终端100的顺时针315度方向0.8m处,显示设备105可以在终端100的顺时针90度方向0.5m处。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 12 , the display device 104 may be at 0.8 m in a clockwise direction of 315 degrees from the terminal 100 , and the display device 105 may be at 0.5 m in a clockwise direction of 90 degrees from the terminal 100 .

在本申请实施例中,终端100的附近设备可以不限于上述图12中的两个显示设备,还可以有更多或更少,图12中只是示例性的以两个显示设备解释本申请,不应构成限定。上述图 12中示例性的示出了上述两个显示设备(显示设备104、显示设备105)与终端100的相对位置关系,仅仅示例性的解释本申请实施例,不应构成限定。In this embodiment of the application, the nearby devices of the terminal 100 may not be limited to the two display devices shown in FIG. 12 above, and there may be more or fewer devices. In FIG. 12, two display devices are used to illustrate this application. Should not be construed as limiting. The relative positional relationship between the two display devices (display device 104, display device 105) and the terminal 100 is shown in the above-mentioned example in FIG. 12, which is only an example to explain the embodiment of the present application, and should not be construed as a limitation.

下面介绍本申请中基于上述图12所示系统场景的UI实施例。The following introduces the UI embodiment based on the system scenario shown in FIG. 12 in this application.

在图13A-图13C示例性示出的UI实施例中,用户可以在主屏幕界面通过滑动操作触发打开终端100上图库应用中的图片后,通过滑动操作,将终端100的触控屏上的显示内容投屏至与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且在该方向上最近的显示设备。In the UI embodiment shown in Fig. 13A-Fig. 13C exemplarily, the user can open the picture in the gallery application on the terminal 100 through a sliding operation on the main screen interface, and then through the sliding operation, move the image on the touch screen of the terminal 100 to The displayed content is projected to the nearest display device in the same direction as the sliding direction of the sliding operation.

如图13A所示,终端100可以显示出有主屏幕的界面510,针对该界面510的文字说明可以参考上述图5A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。终端100可以接收用户作用于主屏幕的界面510上的滑动操作,例如,该滑动操作可以是三根手指触摸触控屏滑动。其中,该滑动操作的起始位置可以在该主屏幕的界面510的任意位置,不作限定。该滑动操作的滑动方向可以由滑动操作的起始位置和终点位置确定,其轨迹可以是曲线,可以是直线,本申请不作限制。响应于该滑动操作,终端100可以开启蓝牙功能,通过BLE到达角(angle of arrival,AoA)测量附近的一个或多个显示设备相对于终端100的方向位置。终端100可以根据附近的一个或多个显示设备的方向位置,再从该一个或显示设备(例如显示设备104、终显示设备105)中确定出与滑动方向(例如滑动方向为终端100的顺时针90度方向,即终端100正右方向)一致且较近的投屏设备(例如,投屏设备为显示设备104)。As shown in FIG. 13A , the terminal 100 may display an interface 510 with a home screen. For the textual description of the interface 510 , reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A above, which will not be repeated here. The terminal 100 may receive a sliding operation performed by the user on the interface 510 of the home screen, for example, the sliding operation may be three fingers touching the touch screen to slide. Wherein, the starting position of the sliding operation may be at any position on the interface 510 of the main screen, which is not limited. The sliding direction of the sliding operation may be determined by the start position and the end position of the sliding operation, and its trajectory may be a curve or a straight line, which is not limited in this application. In response to the sliding operation, the terminal 100 can turn on the Bluetooth function, and measure the direction and position of one or more nearby display devices relative to the terminal 100 through the BLE angle of arrival (AoA). The terminal 100 can determine from one or more nearby display devices (for example, the display device 104 and the final display device 105) the direction and position of the sliding direction (for example, the sliding direction is clockwise of the terminal 100) from the one or more nearby display devices. The 90-degree direction, that is, the direction directly to the right of the terminal 100 ) is the same and closer to the screen projection device (for example, the screen projection device is the display device 104 ).

终端100在确定出接收设备后,可以显示如图13B所示的提示框1310,用于请求用户确认是否投屏终端100上触控屏当前的显示内容至接收设备(例如显示设备105)。After the terminal 100 determines the receiving device, it can display a prompt box 1310 as shown in FIG. 13B , which is used to request the user to confirm whether the current display content of the touch screen on the screen projection terminal 100 is sent to the receiving device (such as the display device 105 ).

如图13B所示,该提示框1310中包括有确认按钮1311和取消按钮1312。其中,该确认按钮1311用于触发终端100投屏当前的显示内容至投屏设备上。该取消按钮549B用于触发终端100取消投屏当前的显示内容至投屏设备上。其中,该提示框1310中可以显示有投屏设备的设备名称,用于让用户确认该投屏设备是否符合预期。由于,终端100确定出的投屏设备为显示设备105,终端100可以在提示框1310中显示该显示设备105的设备名称(例如,显示设备105的设备名称可以为“HUAWEI TV”)。As shown in FIG. 13B , the prompt box 1310 includes a confirm button 1311 and a cancel button 1312 . Wherein, the confirmation button 1311 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to cast the current display content to the screen projection device. The cancel button 549B is used to trigger the terminal 100 to cancel the screen projection of the current display content to the screen projection device. Wherein, the prompt box 1310 may display the device name of the screen projection device for the user to confirm whether the screen projection device meets expectations. Since the screen projection device determined by the terminal 100 is the display device 105, the terminal 100 may display the device name of the display device 105 in the prompt box 1310 (for example, the device name of the display device 105 may be "HUAWEI TV").

终端100可以接收用户作用于提示框1310中确认按钮1311的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以通过Wi-Fi P2P等通信技术以及一些投屏协议(例如mircast协议或dlna 协议或airplay协议,等等),将终端100的触控屏上当前的显示内容投屏至投屏设备上。The terminal 100 can receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the confirmation button 1311 in the prompt box 1310. In response to this operation, the terminal 100 can use communication technologies such as Wi-Fi P2P and some screen-casting protocols (such as mircast protocol or dlna protocol). or airplay protocol, etc.), to project the current display content on the touch screen of the terminal 100 to the screen projection device.

如图13C所示,终端100确定出的投屏设备可以显示设备105。显示设备105上可以显示有界面1320。其中,该界面1320与终端100上当前显示的主屏幕的界面510在界面元素上相同。其中,由于显示设备105的显示屏与终端100的触控屏在尺寸上可能会有不同。因此,显示设备105显示该界面1320的尺寸与终端100显示该界面510的尺寸也可能会有不同。As shown in FIG. 13C , the screen projection device determined by the terminal 100 may display the device 105 . An interface 1320 may be displayed on the display device 105 . Wherein, the interface 1320 is the same as the interface 510 of the main screen currently displayed on the terminal 100 in terms of interface elements. Wherein, the size of the display screen of the display device 105 and the touch screen of the terminal 100 may be different. Therefore, the size of the interface 1320 displayed by the display device 105 and the size of the interface 510 displayed by the terminal 100 may also be different.

在一些应用场景中,终端100附近可以有多个音频设备(例如,蓝牙音箱、蓝牙耳机,等等)。用户可以通过在音乐播放界面,通过滑动操作(例如,三指滑动),将终端100与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且在该方向上最近的音频设备建立蓝牙连接。建立蓝牙连接之后,终端100可以将音频数据发送至该音频设备上播放。这样,可以简化用户选择音频设备播放音频数据的操作步骤,提高了用户体验。In some application scenarios, there may be multiple audio devices (for example, Bluetooth speakers, Bluetooth headsets, etc.) near the terminal 100. The user can perform a sliding operation (for example, three-finger sliding) on the music playing interface, and establish a Bluetooth connection between the terminal 100 and the nearest audio device in the same direction as the sliding direction of the sliding operation. After the Bluetooth connection is established, the terminal 100 can send audio data to the audio device for playback. In this way, the operation steps for the user to select an audio device to play audio data can be simplified, thereby improving user experience.

首先,示例性的介绍本应用场景下的系统架构。First, the system architecture in this application scenario is introduced as an example.

请参照图14,为本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构图。如图14所示,该系统14包括有终端100和附近设备。附近设备包括音频设备106和音频设备107,等等。其中,该图14中示例性的示出了本申请的一些应用场景中,终端100与音频设备106和音频设备107在水平面上的位置关系。Please refer to FIG. 14 , which is a system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the system 14 includes a terminal 100 and nearby devices. Nearby devices include audio device 106 and audio device 107, among others. Wherein, FIG. 14 exemplarily shows the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and the audio device 106 and the audio device 107 on the horizontal plane in some application scenarios of the present application.

在本申请的实施例中,为了便于说明终端100与附近设备的位置关系,可以将设备的上的以参考点(例如,可以是中心位置点)表示其在平面图中的位置。例如,可以用终端100 的中心位置点,代表其在水平面中的位置。本申请实施例中,可以将终端100的中心位置点为起始点垂直于终端100触控屏的上边缘的向量所指方向,作为终端100的基准方向,也可以称为终端100的0度方向。In the embodiment of the present application, in order to illustrate the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and nearby devices, a reference point (for example, a center position point) may be used on the device to indicate its position in the plan view. For example, the center position point of the terminal 100 may be used to represent its position in the horizontal plane. In the embodiment of the present application, the center position of the terminal 100 can be taken as the direction pointed by the vector whose starting point is perpendicular to the upper edge of the touch screen of the terminal 100, as the reference direction of the terminal 100, which can also be called the 0-degree direction of the terminal 100 .

因此,如图14所示,音频设备106可以在终端100的顺时针45度方向0.8m处,音频设备107可以在终端100的顺时针90度方向0.5m处。Therefore, as shown in FIG. 14 , the audio device 106 may be at 0.8 m in a clockwise direction of 45 degrees from the terminal 100 , and the audio device 107 may be at 0.5 m in a clockwise direction of 90 degrees from the terminal 100 .

在本申请实施例中,终端100的附近设备可以不限于上述图14中的两个音频设备,还可以有更多或更少,图14中只是示例性的以两个音频设备解释本申请,不应构成限定。上述图 14中示例性的示出了上述两个音频设备(音频设备106、音频设备107)与终端100的相对位置关系,仅仅示例性的解释本申请实施例,不应构成限定。In this embodiment of the application, the nearby devices of the terminal 100 may not be limited to the two audio devices shown in FIG. 14 above, and there may be more or fewer devices. In FIG. 14, two audio devices are used as an example to explain this application. Should not be construed as limiting. The relative positional relationship between the above two audio devices (audio device 106, audio device 107) and the terminal 100 is exemplarily shown in FIG. 14 above, which is only an exemplary explanation of the embodiment of the present application, and should not be construed as a limitation.

下面介绍本申请中基于上述图14所示系统场景的UI实施例。The following introduces the UI embodiment based on the system scenario shown in FIG. 14 in this application.

在图15A-图15C示例性示出的UI实施例中,在音乐播放界面,通过滑动操作(例如,三指滑动),将终端100与该滑动操作的滑动方向一致且在该方向上最近的音频设备建立蓝牙连接。建立蓝牙连接之后,终端100可以将音频数据发送至该音频设备上播放。15A-15C exemplarily shown in the UI embodiment, on the music playing interface, through a sliding operation (for example, three-finger sliding), the terminal 100 is consistent with the sliding direction of the sliding operation and the nearest The audio device establishes a Bluetooth connection. After the Bluetooth connection is established, the terminal 100 can send audio data to the audio device for playback.

如图15A所示,终端100可以显示出有主屏幕的界面510,针对该界面510的文字说明可以参���上述图5A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。终端100可以接收用户作用于音乐应用图标512C的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以显示如图15B所示的音乐播放界面1510。As shown in FIG. 15A , the terminal 100 may display an interface 510 with a home screen. For the textual description of the interface 510 , reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A above, which will not be repeated here. The terminal 100 may receive the user's operation (for example, click) on the music application icon 512C, and in response to the operation, the terminal 100 may display the music playing interface 1510 as shown in FIG. 15B .

如图15B所示,该音乐播放界面1510包括有音乐名称1511、播放/暂停控件1512、上一首控件1513、下一首控件1514、播放进度条1515、下载控件1516、分享控件1517、更多按钮1518,等等。例如,该音乐名称1511可以是“Dream it possible”。该播放/暂停控件1512 用于触发终端100播放或暂停播放该音乐名称1511对应的音频数据。该上一首控件1513可用于触发终端100切换至播放列表中的上一个音频数据进行播放。该下一首控件1514可用于触发终端100切换至播放列表中的下一个音频数据进行播放。该播放进度条1515可用于指示当前音频数据的播放进度。该下载控件1516可用于触发终端100下载并保存该音乐名称1511 的音频数据至本地存储介质中。该分享控件1517可用于触发终端100分享该音乐名称1511 对应音频数据的播放链接至其他应用。该更多控件1518可用于触发终端100显示更多关于音乐播放的功能控件。As shown in Figure 15B, the music playing interface 1510 includes a music name 1511, a play/pause control 1512, a previous song control 1513, a next song control 1514, a playback progress bar 1515, a download control 1516, a sharing control 1517, and more Button 1518, etc. For example, the music title 1511 may be "Dream it possible". The play/pause control 1512 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to play or pause the audio data corresponding to the music name 1511. The previous song control 1513 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to switch to the previous audio data in the playlist for playing. The next song control 1514 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to switch to play the next audio data in the playlist. The playing progress bar 1515 can be used to indicate the playing progress of the current audio data. The download control 1516 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to download and save the audio data of the music name 1511 to the local storage medium. The sharing control 1517 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to share the playback link of the audio data corresponding to the music name 1511 to other applications. The more controls 1518 can be used to trigger the terminal 100 to display more functional controls related to music playing.

如图15C所示,终端100可以接收用户作用于该音乐播放界面1510上的滑动操作。例如,该滑动操作可以是三根手指触摸触控屏滑动。其中,该滑动操作的起始位置可以在该音乐播放界面1510的任意位置,不作限定。该滑动操作的滑动方向可以由滑动操作的起始位置和终点位置确定,其轨迹可以是曲线,可以是直线,本申请不作限制。响应于该滑动操作,终端100可以开启蓝牙功能,通过BLE到达角(angle of arrival,AoA)测量附近的一个或多个音频设备相对于终端100的方向位置。终端100可以根据附近的一个或多个音频设备的方向位置,再从该一个或音频设备(例如音频设备106、终音频设备107)中确定出与滑动方向 (例如滑动方向为终端100的顺时针90度方向,即终端100正右方向)一致且较近的播放设备(例如,播放设备为音频设备107)。As shown in FIG. 15C , the terminal 100 may receive a user's sliding operation on the music playing interface 1510 . For example, the sliding operation may be three fingers touching the touch screen to slide. Wherein, the starting position of the sliding operation may be at any position of the music playing interface 1510, and is not limited. The sliding direction of the sliding operation may be determined by the start position and the end position of the sliding operation, and its trajectory may be a curve or a straight line, which is not limited in this application. In response to the sliding operation, the terminal 100 can turn on the Bluetooth function, and measure the direction and position of one or more nearby audio devices relative to the terminal 100 through the BLE angle of arrival (AoA). The terminal 100 can determine from the one or more audio devices (for example, the audio device 106, the final audio device 107) and the sliding direction (for example, the sliding direction is clockwise of the terminal 100) according to the direction position of one or more nearby audio devices. The 90-degree direction, that is, the direction directly to the right of the terminal 100) is the same and closer to the playback device (for example, the playback device is the audio device 107).

终端100在确定出接收设备后,可以显示如图15D所示的提示框1520,用于请求用户确认是否将上述音乐名称1511对应的音频数据发送至播放设备(例如音频设备107)上播放。After determining the receiving device, the terminal 100 may display a prompt box 1520 as shown in FIG. 15D for requesting the user to confirm whether to send the audio data corresponding to the music name 1511 to the playback device (such as the audio device 107) for playback.

如图15D所示,该提示框1520中包括有确认按钮1521和取消按钮1522。其中,该确认按钮1521用于触发终端100将上述音乐名称1511对应的音频数据发送至播放设备(例如音频设备107)上播放。该取消按钮549B用于触发终端100取消将上述音乐名称1511对应的音频数据发送至播放设备(例如音频设备107)上播放。其中,该提示框1520中可以显示有播放设备的设备名称,用于让用户确认该播放设备是否符合预期。由于,终端100确定出的播放设备为音频设备107,终端100可以在提示框1520中显示该音频设备107的设备名称(例如,音频设备107的设备名称可以为“HUAWEI AM 08”)。As shown in FIG. 15D , the prompt box 1520 includes a confirm button 1521 and a cancel button 1522 . Wherein, the confirmation button 1521 is used to trigger the terminal 100 to send the audio data corresponding to the music name 1511 to a playback device (for example, the audio device 107 ) for playback. The cancel button 549B is used to trigger the terminal 100 to cancel sending the audio data corresponding to the music name 1511 to the playback device (such as the audio device 107 ) for playback. Wherein, the prompt box 1520 may display the device name of the playback device for the user to confirm whether the playback device meets expectations. Since the playback device determined by the terminal 100 is the audio device 107, the terminal 100 may display the device name of the audio device 107 in the prompt box 1520 (for example, the device name of the audio device 107 may be "HUAWEI AM 08").

终端100可以接收用户作用于提示框1520中确认按钮1521的操作(例如单击),响应于该操作,终端100可以与播放设备(例如音频设备107)建立蓝牙连接,并将上述音乐名称��1511对应的音频数据发送至该播放设备(例如音频设备107)上进行播放。The terminal 100 can receive the user's operation (such as clicking) on the confirmation button 1521 in the prompt box 1520. In response to this operation, the terminal 100 can establish a Bluetooth connection with the playback device (such as the audio device 107), and associate the above music name 1511 The audio data of is sent to the playback device (such as the audio device 107) for playback.

如图15E所示,终端100确定出的播放设备可以音频设备107。终端100可以在与音频设备107建立蓝牙连接后,可以将上述音乐名称1511对应的音频数据发送至该音频设备107 上进行播放。As shown in FIG. 15E , the playback device determined by the terminal 100 may be an audio device 107 . After the terminal 100 establishes a Bluetooth connection with the audio device 107, it can send the audio data corresponding to the music name 1511 to the audio device 107 for playback.

下面介绍本申请中蓝牙AoA定位协议框架。The following describes the Bluetooth AoA positioning protocol framework in this application.

如图16所示,本申请实施例提供了一种蓝牙AoA定位协议框架,包括但不限于应用(APP) 层、协议框架(Framework)层、蓝牙协议栈(Stack)和蓝牙控制器(BT Controller)。As shown in Figure 16, the embodiment of the present application provides a Bluetooth AoA positioning protocol framework, including but not limited to application (APP) layer, protocol framework (Framework) layer, Bluetooth protocol stack (Stack) and Bluetooth controller (BT Controller) ).

其中,应用层可以包括有华为分享(Huawei Share)应用。协议框架(Framework)层包括有AoA接口。蓝牙协议栈(Stack)中包括有AoA控制模块和AoA定位算法。蓝牙控制器中包括有到达角控制器(AoA Controller)。Wherein, the application layer may include a Huawei Share (Huawei Share) application. The protocol framework (Framework) layer includes an AoA interface. The Bluetooth protocol stack (Stack) includes an AoA control module and an AoA positioning algorithm. The Bluetooth controller includes an Arrival Angle Controller (AoA Controller).

对于AoA定位发射端(例如终端100),当AoA定位发射端到用户触发分享文件数据(例如图片、视频、文档等)时,可以先打开该华为分享应用。在开启华为分享应用后,华为分享应用可以通过协议框架层中的AoA接口下发AoA测量指令给蓝牙协议栈(Stack)中的AoA控制模块。AoA控制模块在接收到AoA测量指令后可以控制AoA Controller向附近设备发送AoA固定频率扩展信号(constant tone extension,CTE)广播包。For the AoA positioning transmitter (such as the terminal 100), when the AoA positioning transmitter triggers sharing of file data (such as pictures, videos, documents, etc.) to the user, the Huawei sharing application can be opened first. After the Huawei Share application is enabled, the Huawei Share application can send an AoA measurement command to the AoA control module in the Bluetooth protocol stack (Stack) through the AoA interface in the protocol framework layer. After receiving the AoA measurement instruction, the AoA control module can control the AoA Controller to send an AoA fixed frequency extension signal (constant tone extension, CTE) broadcast packet to nearby devices.

对于AoA定位接收端(例如终端103或显示设备105或音频设备107),AoAController 在接收到AoA定位发射端发送的AoA CTE广播包后,可以通过AoA Controller测量到同相正交(in-phase and quadrature,IQ)相位信息。在测量到IQ相位信息后,AoAController可以将IQ相位信息发送给AoA控制模块。AoA控制模块可以通过AoA定位算法从IQ相位信息中计算出该AoA定位响应者的AoA值。在计算出AoA值后,AoA控制模块可以将测量出的AoA值通过AoA接口发送给华为分享应用。For the AoA positioning receiving end (such as the terminal 103 or the display device 105 or the audio device 107), after the AoA Controller receives the AoA CTE broadcast packet sent by the AoA positioning transmitting end, it can measure the in-phase and quadrature (in-phase and quadrature) , IQ) phase information. After measuring the IQ phase information, the AoAController can send the IQ phase information to the AoA control module. The AoA control module can calculate the AoA value of the AoA positioning responder from the IQ phase information through the AoA positioning algorithm. After calculating the AoA value, the AoA control module can send the measured AoA value to the Huawei sharing application through the AoA interface.

在本申请实施例中,可以通过底层AoA控制和定位算法能力封装成一套标准SDK供数据分享服务(例如华为分享应用)调用来实现本申请实施例中提供的数据分享功能。In the embodiment of the present application, the data sharing function provided in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by encapsulating the underlying AoA control and positioning algorithm capabilities into a set of standard SDKs for data sharing services (such as Huawei sharing applications).

下面介绍本申请中的蓝牙天线系统架构。The architecture of the Bluetooth antenna system in this application is introduced below.

本申请中,利用AoA技术对中终端设备进行定位,需要各终端设备必须具备三天线架构,支持BT 5.1AoA标准,用于角度测量和距离测量。In this application, using the AoA technology to locate the middle terminal equipment requires that each terminal equipment must have a three-antenna architecture, support the BT 5.1AoA standard, and be used for angle measurement and distance measurement.

如图17所示,本申请实施例提供了一种蓝牙天线系统架构,可以包括但不限于蓝牙(BT) 芯片1701、单刀三掷开关(single pole three throw,SP3T)1702、三个射频前端模块(front end module,FEM)(包括射频前端模块1703A、射频前端模块1703B和射频前端模块1703C)、三个分频器(Extractor)(包括分频器1704A、分频器1704B和分频器1704C)、三个天线(天线0、天线1和天线2)。其中,一个射频前端模块和一个分频器可以组成一个射频通道。例如,射频前端模块1703A与分频器1704A可以组成射频通道0与天线0连接,射频前端模块 1703B与分频器1704B可以组成射频通道1与天线1连接,射频前端模块1703C与分频器1704C可以组成射频通道2与天线2连接。As shown in Figure 17, the embodiment of the present application provides a bluetooth antenna system architecture, which may include but not limited to a bluetooth (BT) chip 1701, a single pole three throw switch (single pole three throw, SP3T) 1702, three radio frequency front-end modules (front end module, FEM) (including RF front-end module 1703A, RF front-end module 1703B and RF front-end module 1703C), three frequency dividers (Extractor) (including frequency divider 1704A, frequency divider 1704B and frequency divider 1704C) , three antennas (antenna 0, antenna 1 and antenna 2). Wherein, a radio frequency front-end module and a frequency divider can form a radio frequency channel. For example, the radio frequency front-end module 1703A and the frequency divider 1704A can form a radio frequency channel 0 and connect to the antenna 0, the radio frequency front-end module 1703B and the frequency divider 1704B can form a radio frequency channel 1 and connect to the antenna 1, and the radio frequency front-end module 1703C and the frequency divider 1704C can The radio frequency channel 2 is formed and connected to the antenna 2.

其中,该射频前端模块可用于控制天线的接收和发射控制逻辑。该单刀三掷开关1702可用于切换AoA三天线进行接收。分频器可用于只让在2.4G频段的蓝牙信号接收进来。Wherein, the radio frequency front-end module can be used to control the receiving and transmitting control logic of the antenna. The single pole three throw switch 1702 can be used to switch the AoA three antennas for reception. The frequency divider can be used to only allow the Bluetooth signal in the 2.4G frequency band to receive.

下面介绍本申请中蓝牙芯片系统架构。The following introduces the bluetooth chip system architecture in this application.

如图18所示,本申请实施例提供了一种蓝牙芯片系统架构,可以包括但不限于应用处理器(AP)1810和蓝牙(BT)芯片1820。其中,该应用处理器1810中可以包括有蓝牙AoA服务(BT AoA Service)1811和蓝牙AoA协议栈(BT AoA Stack)1812。该蓝牙芯片1820 中可以包括有蓝牙AoA管理模块(BT AoA Management)1821、蓝牙AoA测量模块(BT AoAMersure)1822。其中,该蓝牙AoA服务1811可以是上述实施例中的华为分享应用、查找我的设备应用,等需要AoA定位的功能/服务/应用。As shown in FIG. 18 , the embodiment of the present application provides a bluetooth chip system architecture, which may include but not limited to an application processor (AP) 1810 and a bluetooth (BT) chip 1820 . Wherein, the application processor 1810 may include a Bluetooth AoA service (BT AoA Service) 1811 and a Bluetooth AoA protocol stack (BT AoA Stack) 1812. The Bluetooth chip 1820 may include a Bluetooth AoA management module (BT AoA Management) 1821 and a Bluetooth AoA measurement module (BT AoAMersure) 1822. Wherein, the Bluetooth AoA service 1811 may be the Huawei sharing application, the find my device application, and other functions/services/applications that require AoA positioning in the above embodiments.

在本申请示例中,该蓝牙芯片系统1800可以在AoA定位发射端(例如终端100)中或者AoA定位接收端(例如上述实施例中的终端101、终端102、终端103、显示设备104、显示设备105、音频设备106、音频设备107,等)中。In the example of this application, the Bluetooth chip system 1800 can be used in the AoA positioning transmitting end (such as the terminal 100) or the AoA positioning receiving end (such as the terminal 101, the terminal 102, the terminal 103, the display device 104, the display device in the above-mentioned embodiments 105, audio device 106, audio device 107, etc.).

其中,对于AoA定位发射端,该蓝牙芯片系统1800中可以实现如下步骤:Wherein, for the AoA positioning transmitter, the Bluetooth chip system 1800 can implement the following steps:

1、蓝牙AoA服务1811发送启动指令给蓝牙AoA协议栈1812,指示蓝牙AoA协议栈1812进行AoA定位与测距。1. The Bluetooth AoA service 1811 sends a start command to the Bluetooth AoA protocol stack 1812, instructing the Bluetooth AoA protocol stack 1812 to perform AoA positioning and ranging.

2、蓝牙AoA协议栈1812可以发送AoA广播指令给蓝牙AoA管理模块1821,指示蓝牙AoA管理模块1821进行AoA定位广播。2. The Bluetooth AoA protocol stack 1812 can send an AoA broadcast command to the Bluetooth AoA management module 1821, instructing the Bluetooth AoA management module 1821 to broadcast the AoA location.

3、蓝牙AoA管理模块1821可以触发蓝牙AoA测量模块发送AoA CTE报文。3. The Bluetooth AoA management module 1821 can trigger the Bluetooth AoA measurement module to send an AoA CTE message.

对于AoA定位接收端,该蓝牙芯片系统1800中可以实现如下步骤:For the AoA positioning receiving end, the following steps can be implemented in the Bluetooth chip system 1800:

4、蓝牙AoA测量模块1822可以在接收到AoA定位发射端发送的AoA CTE报文后,将AoA CTE报文发送给蓝牙AoA管理模块1821。4. The Bluetooth AoA measurement module 1822 can send the AoA CTE message to the Bluetooth AoA management module 1821 after receiving the AoA CTE message sent by the AoA positioning transmitter.

5、蓝牙AoA管理模块1821在接收到AoA CTE报文后,可以根据AoA CTE报文解析出AoA IQ相位信息和信号接收强度值(RSSI)。然后,蓝牙AoA管理模块1821可以将AoA IQ 相位信息和RSSI上报给蓝牙AoA协议栈1812。5. After receiving the AoA CTE message, the Bluetooth AoA management module 1821 can analyze the AoA IQ phase information and received signal strength value (RSSI) according to the AoA CTE message. Then, the Bluetooth AoA management module 1821 can report the AoA IQ phase information and RSSI to the Bluetooth AoA protocol stack 1812.

6、蓝牙AoA协议栈1812在接收到AoA IQ相位信息和RSSI后可以通过AoA测量算法计算出AoA值和距离预估值。6. After receiving the AoA IQ phase information and RSSI, the Bluetooth AoA protocol stack 1812 can calculate the AoA value and the estimated distance through the AoA measurement algorithm.

7、蓝牙AoA协议栈1812在计算出AoA值和距离预估值后,可以将该AoA值和距离预估值上报给蓝牙AoA服务1811。7. After calculating the AoA value and the estimated distance value, the Bluetooth AoA protocol stack 1812 may report the AoA value and the estimated distance value to the Bluetooth AoA service 1811 .

8、蓝牙AoA服务1811可以用该AoA值和距离预估值进行定位结果的仲裁与判定。8. The Bluetooth AoA service 1811 can use the AoA value and estimated distance value to arbitrate and judge the positioning result.

在一些实施例中,AoA定位接收端还可以将测量到的该AoA值和距离预估值发送给AoA 定位发射端,由AoA定位发射端中的AoA服务1811进行进行定位结果的仲裁与判定。例如,终端100的附近设备在测量到AoA值以及距离预估值(或RSSI值)可以将AoA值以及距离预估值(或RSSI值)发送给终端100。终端100可以根据该AoA值以及距离预估值(或RSSI 值)判断附近设备的位置方向是否与用户在触控屏上滑动的方向一致且距离最近。In some embodiments, the AoA positioning receiving end can also send the measured AoA value and estimated distance to the AoA positioning transmitting end, and the AoA service 1811 in the AoA positioning transmitting end performs arbitration and determination of the positioning results. For example, a nearby device of the terminal 100 may send the AoA value and the estimated distance value (or RSSI value) to the terminal 100 after measuring the AoA value and the estimated distance value (or RSSI value). The terminal 100 can judge whether the location direction of the nearby device is consistent with the direction in which the user slides on the touch screen and the distance is the closest according to the AoA value and the estimated distance value (or RSSI value).

在本申请实施例中,AoA定位接收可以根据测量到的IQ相位信息,从AoA指纹库中查找到与该IQ相位信息对应的AoA值。其中,该AoA指纹库中包括有IQ相位信息和AoA值的对应关系。其中,一组IQ相位信息对应有一个AoA值,In the embodiment of the present application, the AoA positioning receiver can find the AoA value corresponding to the IQ phase information from the AoA fingerprint library according to the measured IQ phase information. Wherein, the AoA fingerprint database includes the corresponding relationship between IQ phase information and AoA value. Among them, a set of IQ phase information corresponds to an AoA value,

下面介绍本申请中蓝牙AoA定位标准协议交互过程。The following describes the Bluetooth AoA positioning standard protocol interaction process in this application.

在本申请中两设备之间通过蓝牙AoA定位可以是在BLE无连接场景下,即两设备在没有建立BLE连接的情况下,实现AoA定位。其中,蓝牙AoA定位的涉及交互的两设备可以称为AoA定位发射端和AoA定位接收端。该AoA定位发射端可以为本申请上述实施例中的终端100。该AoA定位接收端可以为上述实施例中的终端101、终端102、终端103、显示设备104、显示设备105、音频设备106或音频设备107,等等。In this application, the Bluetooth AoA positioning between two devices may be in a BLE non-connection scenario, that is, the two devices realize AoA positioning without establishing a BLE connection. Wherein, the two devices involved in the interaction of Bluetooth AoA positioning may be referred to as an AoA positioning transmitting end and an AoA positioning receiving end. The AoA positioning transmitting end may be the terminal 100 in the foregoing embodiments of the present application. The AoA positioning receiving end may be the terminal 101, the terminal 102, the terminal 103, the display device 104, the display device 105, the audio device 106, or the audio device 107 in the above embodiments, and so on.

如图19A所示,Host A是指AoA定位接收端上蓝牙协议中的主机(Host)。LL A是指AoA定位接收端上蓝牙协议中的链路层(link layer,LL)。Host B是指AoA定位发射端上蓝牙协议中的主机(Host)。LL B是指AoA定位发射端上蓝牙协议中的链路层(link layer,LL)。As shown in Figure 19A, Host A refers to the host (Host) in the Bluetooth protocol on the receiving end of the AoA positioning. L A refers to the link layer (link layer, LL) in the Bluetooth protocol on the receiving end of AoA positioning. Host B refers to the host (Host) in the Bluetooth protocol on the AoA positioning transmitter. LL B refers to the link layer (link layer, LL) in the Bluetooth protocol on the AoA positioning transmitter.

其中,AoA定位发射端,经过一系列参数设置后,使能BLE AoA报文周期性广播。其中,具体设置包括:扩展广播参数设置(LE Set Extended Advertising Parameters)、周期广播参数设置(LE Set Periodic Advertising Parameters)和无连接补充参数设置(LESet Connectionless Supplemental Parameters)。然后,AoA定位发射端逐步使能无连接补充参数设置(LE Set Connectionless Supplemental Parameters Enable)、使能周期广播参数设置(LE SetPeriodic Advertising Parameters Enable)、使能扩展广播参数设置(LE Set Extended Advertising Parameters Enable)。最后,AoA定位发射端填充周期广播的IQ数据,不断广播 (ADV_EXT_IND)给周围设备。Among them, the AoA locates the transmitter, and after a series of parameter settings, the periodic broadcast of BLE AoA messages is enabled. Among them, the specific settings include: LE Set Extended Advertising Parameters, LE Set Periodic Advertising Parameters, and LE Set Connectionless Supplemental Parameters. Then, the AoA positioning transmitter gradually enables connectionless supplementary parameter settings (LE Set Connectionless Supplemental Parameters Enable), enables periodic broadcast parameter settings (LE SetPeriodic Advertising Parameters Enable), enables extended broadcast parameter settings (LE Set Extended Advertising Parameters Enable ). Finally, the AoA positioning transmitter fills the periodic broadcast IQ data and continuously broadcasts (ADV_EXT_IND) to surrounding devices.

其中,扩展广播参数设置可以包括设置扩展广播的句柄(Advertising Handle)、广播事件属性(Advertising Event Properties)、广播信道的广播间隔大小范围(PrimaryAdvertising Interval Min,Primary Advertising Interval Max)、广播信道(PrimaryAdvertising Channel Map)、本端地址类型(Own Address Type)、本端地址(OwnAddress)、同行地址类型(Peer Address Type)、同行地址(Peer Address)、广播滤波方式(Advertising Filter Policy)、发射功率(Advertising TxPower)、主要广播PHY类型(Primary Advertising PHY),等等。Among them, the extended broadcast parameter setting can include setting the handle of the extended broadcast (Advertising Handle), the broadcast event attribute (Advertising Event Properties), the broadcast interval size range of the broadcast channel (PrimaryAdvertising Interval Min, Primary Advertising Interval Max), the broadcast channel (PrimaryAdvertising Channel Map), Own Address Type, OwnAddress, Peer Address Type, Peer Address, Advertising Filter Policy, Advertising TxPower ), the main broadcast PHY type (Primary Advertising PHY), and so on.

该扩展广播参数设置可包括设置周期广播的句柄(Advertising Handle),周期广播间隔的大小范围(Periodic Advertising Interval Min,Periodic AdvertisingInterval Max),周期广播属性(Periodic Advertising Properties),发射功率(TxPower),等等。The extended broadcast parameter settings can include setting the handle of periodic advertising (Advertising Handle), the size range of the periodic advertising interval (Periodic Advertising Interval Min, Periodic Advertising Interval Max), periodic advertising properties (Periodic Advertising Properties), transmission power (TxPower), etc. wait.

该无连接补充参数设置包括设置广播的句柄(Advertising Handle),CTE包的长度(CTE Length),CTE包的类型(CTE Type),CTE包的数量(CTE Count),切换模式的长度(Length of Switching Pattern),天线序列(Antenna IDs[i])等等The connectionless supplementary parameter setting includes setting the broadcast handle (Advertising Handle), the length of the CTE packet (CTE Length), the type of the CTE packet (CTE Type), the number of CTE packets (CTE Count), and the length of the switching mode (Length of Switching Pattern), antenna sequence (Antenna IDs[i]), etc.

如图19B所示,Host A是指AoA定位接收端上蓝牙协议中的主机(Host)。LL A是指AoA定位接收端上蓝牙协议中的链路层(link layer,LL)。Host B是指AoA定位发射端上蓝牙协议中的主机(Host)。LL B是指AoA定位发射端上蓝牙协议中的链路层(link layer,LL)。As shown in Figure 19B, Host A refers to the host (Host) in the Bluetooth protocol on the receiving end of the AoA positioning. L A refers to the link layer (link layer, LL) in the Bluetooth protocol on the receiving end of AoA positioning. Host B refers to the host (Host) in the Bluetooth protocol on the AoA positioning transmitter. LL B refers to the link layer (link layer, LL) in the Bluetooth protocol on the AoA positioning transmitter.

AoA定位接收端设置好扩展扫描参数(LE Set Extended Scan Parameters)并使能设置扩展扫描(LE Set Extended Scan Enable)后,可以接收到AoA定位发射端的AoA Tx广播,在进行周期广播的同步关联,在关联成功后,AoA定位发射端可以按照双方约定的周期进行周期广播给AoA定位接收端。AoA定位接收端可以进行IQ相位信息的收集和整合,并输入给 AoA定位算法模块进行计算,得出AoA定位发射端相对于AoA定位接收端的角度方向。After the AoA positioning receiver has set the extended scan parameters (LE Set Extended Scan Parameters) and enabled the extended scan (LE Set Extended Scan Enable), it can receive the AoA Tx broadcast of the AoA positioning transmitter, and perform synchronous association of periodic broadcasts. After the association is successful, the AoA positioning transmitter can periodically broadcast to the AoA positioning receiving end according to the period agreed by both parties. The AoA positioning receiving end can collect and integrate IQ phase information, and input it to the AoA positioning algorithm module for calculation, and obtain the angular direction of the AoA positioning transmitting end relative to the AoA positioning receiving end.

其中,在上述图19A和图19B所示的蓝牙AoA定位标准协议可以参照BT 5.1AoA标准协议。Wherein, the Bluetooth AoA positioning standard protocol shown in FIG. 19A and FIG. 19B can refer to the BT 5.1AoA standard protocol.

下面介绍本申请中,终端100如何判定附近设备的方向位置与滑动方向一致。The following describes how the terminal 100 determines that the direction and position of nearby devices are consistent with the sliding direction in this application.

如图20所示,终端100的指南针角度θ1可以为终端100的0度方向与指南针正北(N)方向的夹角。终端100上滑动操作的滑动角度θ2可以为滑动操作的滑动方向向量与终端100的0度方向的夹角。附近设备的AoA角度θ3为从附近设备指定位置(例如中心位置)到终端100的指定位置(例如中心位置)的方向向量与附近设备的0度方向之间的夹角。附近设备的指南针角度θ4可以为终端100的0度方向与指南针正北(N)方向的夹角。As shown in FIG. 20 , the compass angle θ 1 of the terminal 100 may be the angle between the 0-degree direction of the terminal 100 and the true north (N) direction of the compass. The sliding angle θ2 of the sliding operation on the terminal 100 may be the angle between the sliding direction vector of the sliding operation and the 0 degree direction of the terminal 100. The AoA angle θ3 of the nearby device is the angle between the direction vector from the designated position (such as the central position) of the nearby device to the designated position (such as the central position) of the terminal 100 and the 0 degree direction of the nearby device. The compass angle θ 4 of the nearby device may be the angle between the 0-degree direction of the terminal 100 and the true north (N) direction of the compass.

本申请实施例中,可以将终端100的中心位置点为起始点垂直于终端100触控屏的上边缘的向量所指方向,作为终端100的0度方向,也可以称为终端100的基准方向。In the embodiment of the present application, the center position of the terminal 100 can be taken as the direction pointed by the vector whose starting point is perpendicular to the upper edge of the touch screen of the terminal 100, as the 0-degree direction of the terminal 100, which can also be called the reference direction of the terminal 100 .

因此,��定滑动操作的滑动方向指向该附件设备时,则可以认为:滑动操作的滑动角度θ2和终端100的指南针角度θ1之差,与附近设备AoA角度θ3和附近设备的指南针角度θ4之差,这两个差值之和应该等于180度。具体实现中,可以有一定的误差,因此当误差在指定差值范围内,例如,-15度~+15度之内,就可以认为该滑动方向指向该附近设备。Therefore, assuming that the sliding direction of the sliding operation points to the accessory device, it can be considered that: the difference between the sliding angle θ 2 of the sliding operation and the compass angle θ 1 of the terminal 100 is different from the AoA angle θ 3 of the nearby device and the compass angle θ of the nearby device 4 , the sum of these two differences should equal 180 degrees. In a specific implementation, there may be a certain error, so when the error is within a specified difference range, for example, within -15 degrees to +15 degrees, it can be considered that the sliding direction points to the nearby device.

即满足如下公式(1),即可以认为该附近设备相对于终端100的方向与滑动方向一致。其中该公式(1)可以如下所示:That is, the following formula (1) is satisfied, that is, it can be considered that the direction of the nearby device relative to the terminal 100 is consistent with the sliding direction. Wherein the formula (1) can be shown as follows:

||θ21|+|θ34|-180|≤△度  公式(1)||θ 21 |+|θ 34 |-180|≤△degree Formula (1)

其中,示例性的,△值可以为15度。Wherein, for example, the value of Δ may be 15 degrees.

下面介绍本申请中通过蓝牙信号强度值RSSI测量距离流程。The following describes the process of measuring the distance through the Bluetooth signal strength value RSSI in this application.

本申请中可以通过如下两种方式,实现蓝牙信号强度值RSSI的预估测距。In this application, the estimated ranging of the Bluetooth signal strength value RSSI can be realized in the following two ways.

方式1:附近设备在接收到终端100发送的BLE广播信号后,可以通过单天线的RSSI信号测量与终端100的距离。其中,在单天线RSSI的距离测量方案中,距离r与RSSI之间的对应关系可以如下公式(2):Method 1: After receiving the BLE broadcast signal sent by the terminal 100, the nearby device can measure the distance to the terminal 100 through the RSSI signal of a single antenna. Wherein, in the single-antenna RSSI distance measurement scheme, the corresponding relationship between the distance r and RSSI can be as follows (2):

其中,A为预设的发射端(即终端100)和接收端(即附近设备)距离1m时的信号强度, n为预设的环境衰减因子。Wherein, A is the signal strength when the distance between the preset transmitting end (that is, the terminal 100) and the receiving end (that is, the nearby equipment) is 1m, and n is the preset environmental attenuation factor.

方式2:附近设备在接收到终端100发送的BLE广播信号后,可以通过多天线的RSSI信号测量与终端100的距离。Mode 2: After receiving the BLE broadcast signal sent by the terminal 100, the nearby device can measure the distance to the terminal 100 through RSSI signals of multiple antennas.

如图21所示,该多天线测距的方法流程可以包括:As shown in Figure 21, the method flow of the multi-antenna ranging may include:

S2101、附近设备进行BLE扫描。S2101. The nearby devices perform BLE scanning.

S2102、附近设备在扫描到终端100通过BLE广播包后,可以在三个天线上接收到不同的RSSI值。S2102. After the nearby device scans and finds that the terminal 100 passes the BLE broadcast packet, it can receive different RSSI values on the three antennas.

S2103、附件设备可以根据三天线上的RSSI平均值,计算出与终端100的距离。S2103. The accessory device can calculate the distance from the terminal 100 according to the average value of RSSI on the three antennas.

其中,附近设备在获取到三天线上的RSSI平均值后,可以根据上述公式(2)计算出与终端100的距离。Wherein, the nearby device can calculate the distance to the terminal 100 according to the above formula (2) after obtaining the average value of RSSI on the three antennas.

S2104、附近设备可以判断该距离是否小于指定距离阈值(例如1m)。若是,执行步骤 S2105、附近设备可以返回确认响应给终端100,若否,则可以执行步骤S2106、附近设备可以不返回确认响应给终端100。S2104. The nearby device may determine whether the distance is less than a specified distance threshold (for example, 1m). If yes, execute step S2105, the nearby device may return a confirmation response to the terminal 100, if not, then perform step S2106, the nearby device may not return a confirmation response to the terminal 100.

其中,当终端100接收到该附近设备的响应之后,才开始进行AoA定位,发送AoA广播包给附近设备。Wherein, after receiving the response from the nearby device, the terminal 100 starts to perform AoA positioning, and sends an AoA broadcast packet to the nearby device.

下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种数据分享的方法流程。The flow of a data sharing method provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.

请参见图22,图22示出了一种数据分享的方法流程图。其中,该方法流程图中涉及的设备包括有终端100和附近设备。其中,附近设备示例性的以终端101、终端102和终端103,附近设备可以不限于示例出的终端101、终端102和终端103,还可以有更多设备。其中,该终端100与终端101、终端102、终端103的位置可以示例性的参考上述图4所示系统架构。Please refer to FIG. 22 , which shows a flowchart of a data sharing method. Wherein, the devices involved in the flow chart of the method include the terminal 100 and nearby devices. The nearby devices are exemplified by the terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103, and the nearby devices are not limited to the illustrated terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103, and there may be more devices. Wherein, the positions of the terminal 100, the terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103 can refer to the system architecture shown in FIG. 4 as an example.

如图22所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 22, the method includes:

S2201、终端100显示文件展示界面。该文件展示界面中显示包括有文件对象。S2201. The terminal 100 displays a file display interface. The file display interface includes file objects.

示例性的,该文件对象可以是图片、视频、文档等文件对象。文件展示界面可以包括图片展示界面、视频展示界面、文档展示界面等等。其中,示例性的,图片展示界面可以参考上述图5D所示的图片展示界面540或上述8D中所示的图片展示界面830。视频的展示界面可以参考上述图6C中的视频文件展示界面630。具体内容,可以参考前述实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the file object may be a file object such as a picture, a video, or a document. The file display interface may include a picture display interface, a video display interface, a document display interface, and the like. Wherein, for example, the picture display interface may refer to the picture display interface 540 shown in FIG. 5D above or the picture display interface 830 shown in 8D above. For the display interface of the video, refer to the video file display interface 630 in FIG. 6C above. For specific content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

S2202、终端100接收用户在该展示界面上的滑动操作。S2202. The terminal 100 receives a user's sliding operation on the display interface.

其中,该滑动操作可以是三指滑动、双指滑动、单指滑动、指关节滑动等等,在此不作限定。具体内容可以参考前述UI实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the sliding operation may be three-finger sliding, two-finger sliding, one-finger sliding, knuckle sliding, etc., which are not limited herein. For specific content, reference may be made to the foregoing UI embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

S2203、终端100可以检测滑动操作的滑动角度。S2203. The terminal 100 may detect the sliding angle of the sliding operation.

其中,该滑动操作的起始位置可以在文件展示界面上的任意位置,不作限定。该滑动操作的滑动方向可以由滑动操作的起始位置和终点位置确定,其轨迹可以曲线,可以是直线,本申请不作限制。其中,该滑动操作的滑动角度可以是滑动操作的滑动方向与终端100指定方向(例如图4中所示终端100的0度方向)上的夹角。Wherein, the starting position of the sliding operation may be any position on the file display interface, which is not limited. The sliding direction of the sliding operation may be determined by the start position and the end position of the sliding operation, and its trajectory may be a curve or a straight line, which is not limited in this application. Wherein, the sliding angle of the sliding operation may be the angle between the sliding direction of the sliding operation and the specified direction of the terminal 100 (eg, the 0-degree direction of the terminal 100 shown in FIG. 4 ).

S2204、终端100通过BLE广播发送定位请求给附近设备(例如终端101、终端102和终端103)。S2204, the terminal 100 sends a positioning request to nearby devices (such as the terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103) through the BLE broadcast.

终端100可以响应于该滑动操作,通过BLE广播发送定位请求给附近设备(例如终端101、终端102和终端103)。In response to the sliding operation, the terminal 100 may send a positioning request to nearby devices (such as the terminal 101 , the terminal 102 and the terminal 103 ) through BLE broadcast.

S2205、附近设备在扫描到终端100的BLE广播后,可以根据接收BLE广播的信号强度值,确定出与终端100的距离。S2205. After scanning the BLE broadcast of the terminal 100, the nearby device can determine the distance to the terminal 100 according to the signal strength value of the received BLE broadcast.

附近设备在接收到终端100发送的定位请求后,可以检测接收到该BLE广播的信号强度值,并根据该BLE广播的信号强度值,确定出与终端100的距离。After receiving the positioning request sent by the terminal 100, the nearby device can detect the received signal strength value of the BLE broadcast, and determine the distance to the terminal 100 according to the signal strength value of the BLE broadcast.

其中,附近设备根据该BLE广播的信号强度值,确定出与终端100的距离的流程可以有如下两种方式:通过单天线的RSSI信号测量与终端100的距离,和通过多天线的RSSI信号测量与终端100的距离。其中,通过单天线的RSSI信号测量与终���100的距离可以参考上述公式(2),通过多天线的RSSI信号测量与终端100的距离可以参考图21所示实施例,在此不作赘述。Among them, the process of determining the distance from the terminal 100 by the nearby device according to the signal strength value broadcast by the BLE can be in the following two ways: measuring the distance from the terminal 100 through the RSSI signal of a single antenna, and measuring the distance from the terminal 100 through the RSSI signal of multiple antennas Distance from Terminal 100. For measuring the distance from the terminal 100 through the single-antenna RSSI signal, reference may be made to the above formula (2), and for measuring the distance from the terminal 100 through the multi-antenna RSSI signal, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 , which will not be repeated here.

S2206、附近设备可以判断与终端100的距离是否小于指定距离阈值。若是,则执行步骤 S2207、附近设备可以发送确认响应给终端100。若否,则附近设备不发送确认响应给终端100。S2206. The nearby device may determine whether the distance to the terminal 100 is less than a specified distance threshold. If yes, step S2207 is executed, and the nearby device can send a confirmation response to the terminal 100. If not, the nearby device does not send a confirmation response to the terminal 100 .

示例性的,指定距离阈值可以是1m。附近设备中有终端101、终端102、终端103。终端101可以根据接收BLE广播的信号强度值RSSI1,确定出与终端100的距离为0.8m。终端102可以根据接收BLE广播的信号强度值RSSI2,确定出与终端100的距离为1.2m处。终端103可以根据接收BLE广播的信号强度值RSSI3,确定出与终端100的距离为0.5m。Exemplarily, the specified distance threshold may be 1 m. The nearby devices include a terminal 101 , a terminal 102 and a terminal 103 . The terminal 101 can determine that the distance to the terminal 100 is 0.8m according to the signal strength value RSSI1 received from the BLE broadcast. The terminal 102 can determine that the distance from the terminal 100 is 1.2m according to the received signal strength value RSSI2 of the BLE broadcast. The terminal 103 can determine that the distance to the terminal 100 is 0.5m according to the received signal strength value RSSI3 of the BLE broadcast.

由于终端101、终端103与终端100的距离小于指定阈值(例如1m),因此,终端101和终端103可以通过BLE广播返回确认响应给终端100。由于终端102与终端100的距离大于指定距离阈值(例如1m),因此,终端102不返回确认响应给终端100,不再参与之后的方法流程。Since the distance between the terminal 101 and the terminal 103 and the terminal 100 is less than a specified threshold (for example, 1 m), the terminal 101 and the terminal 103 may return an acknowledgment response to the terminal 100 through BLE broadcast. Since the distance between the terminal 102 and the terminal 100 is greater than a specified distance threshold (for example, 1 m), the terminal 102 does not return an acknowledgment response to the terminal 100, and does not participate in subsequent method procedures.

在一些的实施例中,附近设备也可以直接判断接收到BLE广播的定位请求的信号强度值是否大于指定强度阈值,若是,则执行步骤S2207、附件设备可以方送确认响应给终端100。若否,则附近设备不发送确认响应给终端100。In some embodiments, the nearby device can also directly determine whether the signal strength value of the positioning request received from the BLE broadcast is greater than the specified strength threshold, and if so, perform step S2207, and the accessory device can send a confirmation response to the terminal 100. If not, the nearby device does not send a confirmation response to the terminal 100 .

在本申请实施例中,终端100可以被称为第一终端。接收到BLE广播的定位请求的信号强度值大于指定强度阈值的附近设备(例如终端101和终端103)可以被称为第二终端。若附近设备将接收到BLE广播的定位请求的信号强度值换算成与终端100的距离,则与终端100 的距离小于指定距离阈值的附近设备(例如终端101和终端103)可以被称为第二终端。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal 100 may be referred to as a first terminal. Nearby devices (such as terminal 101 and terminal 103 ) that receive the signal strength value of the positioning request broadcast by BLE greater than the specified strength threshold may be referred to as second terminals. If a nearby device converts the signal strength value of the positioning request received from the BLE broadcast into the distance from the terminal 100, then the nearby devices (such as terminal 101 and terminal 103) whose distance from the terminal 100 is less than the specified distance threshold can be called the second terminal.

S2208、终端100在接收到确认响应后,可以发送AoA广播包给附近设备。S2208. After receiving the confirmation response, the terminal 100 may send an AoA broadcast packet to nearby devices.

其中,该AoA广播包可以是包括有固定频率扩展(constant tone extension,CTE)信号的BLE广播包。终端100发送AoA广播包的协议流程可以参考前述图19A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the AoA broadcast packet may be a BLE broadcast packet including a constant tone extension (CTE) signal. For the protocol flow of the terminal 100 sending the AoA broadcast packet, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 19A , and details are not repeated here.

S2209、附近设备可以根据接收到的AoA广播包,测量出AoA角度。S2209. The nearby device can measure the AoA angle according to the received AoA broadcast packet.

其中,附近设备根据接收到的AoA广播包的协议流程可以参考上述图19B所示实施例。附近设根据接收到的AoA广播包,测量出AoA角度,可以参考上述图18所示实施例,在此不再赘述。For the protocol flow of the nearby device according to the received AoA broadcast packet, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 19B above. The nearby device measures the AoA angle according to the received AoA broadcast packet, and reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 18 , which will not be repeated here.

S2210、附近设备可以通过BLE广播发送与终端100之间的距离信息、指南针角度以及 AoA角度给终端100。S2210. The nearby device can send distance information, compass angle and AoA angle to the terminal 100 through BLE broadcast.

例如,由于终端101、终端103的与终端100的距离小于指定距离,因此,终端101可以将终端101与终端100的距离信息(r1)、终端101的指南针角度(β1)和终端101的AoA 角度(α1)给终端100。终端103可以将终端103与终端100的距离信息(r3)、终端103的指南针角度(β3)和终端103的AoA角度(α3)给终端100。For example, since the distance between the terminal 101 and the terminal 103 and the terminal 100 is less than the specified distance, the terminal 101 can use the distance information (r1) between the terminal 101 and the terminal 100, the compass angle (β1) of the terminal 101 and the AoA angle of the terminal 101 (α1) to the terminal 100. The terminal 103 may send the distance information (r3) between the terminal 103 and the terminal 100, the compass angle (β3) of the terminal 103, and the AoA angle (α3) of the terminal 103 to the terminal 100.

其中,附近设备(例如终端101和终端103)与终端100的距离信息可以是附近设备接收到AoA广播包的信号强度值RSSI(三个天线上的平均RSSI值)。终端100在接收到该AoA广播包的信号强度值RSSI(三个天线上的平均RSSI值)后,可以根据公式(2)计算出终端100与附近设备之间的距离。附近设备(例如终端101和终端103)与终端100的距离信息还可以直接是附近设备根据AoA广播包的信号强度值RSSI(三个天线上的平均RSSI值)按照上述(2)计算出的距离。根据接收信号强度RSSI计算出距离的过程,可以参考前述实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the distance information between the nearby devices (such as terminal 101 and terminal 103 ) and the terminal 100 may be the signal strength value RSSI (average RSSI value on three antennas) of the AoA broadcast packet received by the nearby devices. After terminal 100 receives the signal strength value RSSI (average RSSI value on three antennas) of the AoA broadcast packet, it can calculate the distance between terminal 100 and nearby devices according to formula (2). The distance information between nearby devices (such as terminal 101 and terminal 103) and terminal 100 can also be directly the distance calculated by the nearby devices according to the above (2) according to the signal strength value RSSI (average RSSI value on three antennas) of the AoA broadcast packet . For the process of calculating the distance according to the received signal strength RSSI, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

S2211、终端100可以根据与附近设备的距离信息、滑动方向角、本端的指南针角度、附近设备的指南针角度以及附近设备的AoA角度,确定出位于滑动方向上最近的接收设备。S2211. The terminal 100 may determine the nearest receiving device in the sliding direction according to the distance information from the nearby device, the sliding direction angle, the compass angle of the terminal, the compass angle of the nearby device, and the AoA angle of the nearby device.

其中,若上述第二终端(例如终端101、终端103)中存在唯一一个相对于终端100的方向与滑动方向一致的第三终端,则终端100(第一终端)可以将该唯一的第三终端确定为上述接收设备。若上述第二终端(例如终端101、终端103)中存在多个相对于终端100的方向与滑动方向一致的第三终端,则终端100(第一终端)可以将将距离终端100最近的第三终端确定为上述接收设备。Wherein, if there is only one third terminal whose direction relative to the terminal 100 is consistent with the sliding direction among the above-mentioned second terminals (such as the terminal 101 and the terminal 103), the terminal 100 (first terminal) can use the only third terminal Identify the receiving device as above. If there are multiple third terminals whose direction relative to the terminal 100 is consistent with the sliding direction among the above-mentioned second terminals (for example, terminal 101 and terminal 103), the terminal 100 (first terminal) can select the third terminal closest to the terminal 100 The terminal is determined to be the above receiving device.

在本申请实施例中,接收设备相对于终端100的方向与滑动方向可以有一定的误差,也即是说,当接收设备相对于终端100的方向与滑动方向的夹角小于指定角度阈值(例如15度) 时,即可以认为接收设备相对于终端100的方向与滑动方向一致。具体内容可以参考前述图 20所示实施例,在此不再赘述。In this embodiment of the application, there may be a certain error between the direction of the receiving device relative to the terminal 100 and the sliding direction, that is, when the angle between the direction of the receiving device relative to the terminal 100 and the sliding direction is smaller than a specified angle threshold (for example 15 degrees), that is, it can be considered that the direction of the receiving device relative to the terminal 100 is consistent with the sliding direction. For specific content, reference may be made to the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 20 , which will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,第一终端(终端100)可以根据该附近设备中一个或多个第二终端(例如终端101和终端103)的位置信息以及第一终端(终端100)的指南针角度,确定该一个或多个第二终端(例如终端101和终端103)相对于所述第一终端的方向位置,并显示该一个或多个第二终端相对于该第一终端(终端100)的方向和距离。In some embodiments, the first terminal (terminal 100) may determine the The direction position of the one or more second terminals (such as terminal 101 and terminal 103) relative to the first terminal, and display the direction and position of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal (terminal 100) distance.

S2212、终端100可以通过BLE广播发送数据分享请求给接收设备。S2212. The terminal 100 may send a data sharing request to the receiving device through BLE broadcast.

S2213、接收设备在接收到数据分享请求后可以显示数据分享提示,用于提示用户确认接收数据。S2213. After receiving the data sharing request, the receiving device may display a data sharing prompt to prompt the user to confirm receiving the data.

其中,示例性的,接收设备可以为终端103。该数据分享提示可以是上述图5G中终端 103上显示的提示框560。该提示框560中包括有接收按钮561和拒绝按钮562。具体内容可以参考上述图5G所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for example, the receiving device may be the terminal 103 . The data sharing prompt can be the prompt box 560 displayed on the terminal 103 in the above-mentioned Figure 5G. The prompt box 560 includes an accept button 561 and a reject button 562 . For specific content, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5G , which will not be repeated here.

S2214、接收设备接收用户的确认接收操作。S2214. The receiving device receives the confirmation receiving operation of the user.

其中,示例性的,接收设备可以为终端103。该确认接收操作可以是上述图5G中,终端103接收用户作用于接收按钮561的操作(例如单击)。具体内容可以参考上述图5G所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for example, the receiving device may be the terminal 103 . The confirmation receiving operation may be that in the above-mentioned FIG. 5G , the terminal 103 receives the user's operation (for example, clicking) on the receiving button 561 . For specific content, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5G , which will not be repeated here.

S2215、响应于该确认接收操作,接收设备可以与终端100建立文件传输连接。S2215. In response to the confirmation receiving operation, the receiving device may establish a file transfer connection with the terminal 100.

其中,文件传输连接可以���Wi-Fi直连(Wi-Fi P2P)、Wi-Fi softAP或超宽带(ultra-wideband,UWB)等通信连接。Wherein, the file transfer connection may be a communication connection such as Wi-Fi direct connection (Wi-Fi P2P), Wi-Fi softAP or ultra-wideband (ultra-wideband, UWB).

S2216、在接收设备与终端100建立文件传输连接后,终端100可以将上述用户选中的文件数据传输给该接收设备(例如终端103)。S2216. After the file transfer connection is established between the receiving device and the terminal 100, the terminal 100 may transmit the file data selected by the user to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103).

本申请提供一种数据分享的方法,终端100可以通过在文件展示界面(例如,显示有图片、视频和文档等文件对象的界面)中接收用户的滑动操作,并检测该滑动操作的滑动方向。终端可以响应于该滑动操作,通过低功耗蓝牙(Bluetooth Low Energy,BLE)AoA测量技术,测量附近设备相对于终端的方向位置。然后,终端100可以确定出方向位置与上述滑动操作的滑动方向一致且较近的附近设备,并将该文件展示界面中的文件对象发送给方向位置与滑动方向一致且最近的附近设备。这样,可以简化用户分享文件数据(例如图片、视频、文档等)的操作步骤,给用户提供了方便。The present application provides a data sharing method. The terminal 100 can receive a user's sliding operation on a file display interface (for example, an interface displaying file objects such as pictures, videos, and documents), and detect the sliding direction of the sliding operation. In response to the sliding operation, the terminal may measure the direction and position of nearby devices relative to the terminal through Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) AoA measurement technology. Then, the terminal 100 may determine a nearby device whose direction position is consistent with the sliding direction of the sliding operation and is relatively close, and send the file object in the file presentation interface to the nearest nearby device whose direction position is consistent with the sliding direction. In this way, the operation steps for users to share file data (such as pictures, videos, documents, etc.) can be simplified, which provides convenience for users.

下面介绍本申请另一实施例提供的一种数据分享的方法流程。The flow of a data sharing method provided by another embodiment of the present application is introduced below.

请参见图23,图23示出了本申请另一实施例中一种数据分享的方法流程图。其中,该方法流程图中涉及的设备包括有终端100和附近设备。其中,附近设备示例性的以终端101、终端102和终端103,附近设备可以不限于示例出的终端101、终端102和终端103,还可以有更多设备。其中,该终端100与终端101、终端102、终端103的位置可以示例性的参考上述图4所示系统架构。Please refer to FIG. 23 , which shows a flowchart of a data sharing method in another embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the devices involved in the flow chart of the method include the terminal 100 and nearby devices. The nearby devices are exemplified by the terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103, and the nearby devices are not limited to the illustrated terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103, and there may be more devices. Wherein, the positions of the terminal 100, the terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103 can refer to the system architecture shown in FIG. 4 as an example.

如图23所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 23, the method includes:

S2301、终端100显示文件选择界面。该文件选择界面显示包括有用户选择的文件选项。S2301. The terminal 100 displays a file selection interface. The file selection interface display includes file options selected by the user.

其中,该文件选择界面可以参考上述图9G所示的文件选择界面940。上述图9G中所示的文件选择界面940中,用户选择的文件选项为“旅行”视频选项955和“夕阳”视频选项956。具体内容,可以参考前述实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the file selection interface may refer to the file selection interface 940 shown in FIG. 9G above. In the above-mentioned file selection interface 940 shown in FIG. 9G , the file options selected by the user are the video option 955 of “travel” and the video option 956 of “sunset”. For specific content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

S2302、终端100接收用户的第一操作。S2302. The terminal 100 receives a first operation of the user.

示例性的,该终端100可以上述图9G所示实施例中针对发送控件949的操作(例如单击)。具体内容,可以参考前述实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the terminal 100 may operate (for example, click) on the send control 949 in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9G . For specific content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

S2303、响应于该第一操作,终端100通过BLE广播发送定位请求给附近设备(例如终端101、终端102和终端103)。S2303. In response to the first operation, the terminal 100 sends a positioning request to nearby devices (such as the terminal 101, the terminal 102, and the terminal 103) through BLE broadcast.

终端100可以响应于该第一操作,通过BLE广播发送定位请求给附近设备(例如终端101、终端102和终端103)。In response to the first operation, terminal 100 may send a positioning request to nearby devices (such as terminal 101, terminal 102, and terminal 103) through BLE broadcast.

S2304、附近设备在扫描到终端100的BLE广播后,可以根据接收BLE广播的信号强度值,确定出与终端100的距离。S2304. After scanning the BLE broadcast of the terminal 100, the nearby device can determine the distance to the terminal 100 according to the signal strength value of the received BLE broadcast.

附近设备在接收到终端100发送的定位请求后,可以检测接收到该BLE广播的信号强度值,并根据该BLE广播的信号强度值,确定出与终端100的距离。After receiving the positioning request sent by the terminal 100, the nearby device can detect the received signal strength value of the BLE broadcast, and determine the distance to the terminal 100 according to the signal strength value of the BLE broadcast.

其中,附近设备根据该BLE广播的信号强度值,确定出与终端100的距离的流程可以有如下两种方式:通过单天线的RSSI信号测量与终端100的距离,和通过多天线的RSSI信号测量与终端100的距离。其中,通过单天线的RSSI信号测量与终端100的距离可以参考上述公式(2),通过多天线的RSSI信号测量与终端100的距离可以参考图21所示实施例,在此不作赘述。Among them, the process of determining the distance from the terminal 100 by the nearby device according to the signal strength value broadcast by the BLE can be in the following two ways: measuring the distance from the terminal 100 through the RSSI signal of a single antenna, and measuring the distance from the terminal 100 through the RSSI signal of multiple antennas Distance from Terminal 100. For measuring the distance from the terminal 100 through the single-antenna RSSI signal, reference may be made to the above formula (2), and for measuring the distance from the terminal 100 through the multi-antenna RSSI signal, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 , which will not be repeated here.

S2305、附近设备可以判断与终端100的距离是否小于指定距离阈值。若是,则执行步骤 S2306、附近设备可以发送确认响应给终端100。若否,则附近设备不发送确认响应给终端100。S2305. The nearby device may determine whether the distance to the terminal 100 is less than a specified distance threshold. If yes, step S2306 is executed, and the nearby device can send a confirmation response to the terminal 100. If not, the nearby device does not send a confirmation response to the terminal 100 .

示例性的,指定距离阈值可以是1m。附近设备中有终端101、终端102、终端103。终端101可以根据接收BLE广播的信号强度值RSSI1,确定出与终端100的距离为0.8m。终端102可以根据接收BLE广播的信号强度值RSSI2,确定出与终端100的距离为1.2m处。终端103可以根据接收BLE广播的信号强度值RSSI3,确定出与终端100的距离为0.5m。Exemplarily, the specified distance threshold may be 1 m. The nearby devices include a terminal 101 , a terminal 102 and a terminal 103 . The terminal 101 can determine that the distance to the terminal 100 is 0.8m according to the signal strength value RSSI1 received from the BLE broadcast. The terminal 102 can determine that the distance from the terminal 100 is 1.2m according to the received signal strength value RSSI2 of the BLE broadcast. The terminal 103 can determine that the distance to the terminal 100 is 0.5m according to the received signal strength value RSSI3 of the BLE broadcast.

由于终端101、终端103与终端100的距离小于指定阈值(例如1m),因此,终端101和终端103可以通过BLE广播返回确认响应给终端100。由于终端102与终端100的距离大于指定距离阈值(例如1m),因此,终端102不返回确认响应给终端100,不再参与之后的方法流程。Since the distance between the terminal 101 and the terminal 103 and the terminal 100 is less than a specified threshold (for example, 1 m), the terminal 101 and the terminal 103 may return an acknowledgment response to the terminal 100 through BLE broadcast. Since the distance between the terminal 102 and the terminal 100 is greater than a specified distance threshold (for example, 1 m), the terminal 102 does not return an acknowledgment response to the terminal 100, and does not participate in subsequent method procedures.

在一些的实施例中,附近设备也可以直接判断接收到BLE广播的定位请求的信号强度值是否大于指定强度阈值,若是,则执行步骤S2207、附件设备可以方送确认响应给终端100。若否,则附近设备不发送确认响应给终端100。In some embodiments, the nearby device can also directly determine whether the signal strength value of the positioning request received from the BLE broadcast is greater than the specified strength threshold, and if so, perform step S2207, and the accessory device can send a confirmation response to the terminal 100. If not, the nearby device does not send a confirmation response to the terminal 100 .

在本申请实施例中,终端100可以被称为第一终端。接收到BLE广播的定位请求的信号强度值大于指定强度阈值的附近设备(例如终端101和终端103)可以被称为第二终端。若附近设备将接收到BLE广播的定位请求的信号强度值换算成与终端100的距离,则与终端100 的距离小于指定距离阈值的附近设备(例如终端101和终端103)可以被称为第二终端。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal 100 may be referred to as a first terminal. Nearby devices (such as terminal 101 and terminal 103 ) that receive the signal strength value of the positioning request broadcast by BLE greater than the specified strength threshold may be referred to as second terminals. If a nearby device converts the signal strength value of the positioning request received from the BLE broadcast into the distance from the terminal 100, then the nearby devices (such as terminal 101 and terminal 103) whose distance from the terminal 100 is less than the specified distance threshold can be called the second terminal.

S2307、终端100在接收到确认响应后,可以发送AoA广播包给附近设备。S2307. After receiving the confirmation response, the terminal 100 may send an AoA broadcast packet to nearby devices.

其中,该AoA广播包可以是包括有固定频率扩展(constant tone extension,CTE)信号的BLE广播包。终端100发送AoA广播包的协议流程可以参考前述图19A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the AoA broadcast packet may be a BLE broadcast packet including a constant tone extension (CTE) signal. For the protocol flow of the terminal 100 sending the AoA broadcast packet, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 19A , and details are not repeated here.

S2308、附近设备可以根据接收到的AoA广播包,测量出AoA角度。S2308. The nearby device may measure the AoA angle according to the received AoA broadcast packet.

其中,附近设备根据接收到的AoA广播包的协议流程可以参考上述图19B所示实施例。附近设根据接收到的AoA广播包,测量出AoA角度,可以参考上述图18所示实施例,在此不再赘述。For the protocol flow of the nearby device according to the received AoA broadcast packet, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 19B above. The nearby device measures the AoA angle according to the received AoA broadcast packet, and reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 18 , which will not be repeated here.

S2309、附近设备可以通过BLE广播发送与终端100之间的距离信息以及AoA角度给终端100。S2309, the nearby device may send the distance information and the AoA angle to the terminal 100 to the terminal 100 through BLE broadcast.

例如,由于终端101、终端103的与终端100的距离小于指定距离,因此,终端101可以将终端101与终端100的距离信息(r1)和终端101的AoA角度(α1)给终端100。终端 103可以将终端103与终端100的距离信息(r3)和终端103的AoA角度(α3)给终端100。For example, since the distance between the terminal 101 and the terminal 103 and the terminal 100 is less than the specified distance, the terminal 101 may send the distance information (r1) between the terminal 101 and the terminal 100 and the AoA angle (α1) of the terminal 101 to the terminal 100. The terminal 103 can send the distance information (r3) between the terminal 103 and the terminal 100 and the AoA angle (α3) of the terminal 103 to the terminal 100.

其中,附近设备(例如终端101和终端103)与终端100的距离信息可以是附近设备接收到AoA广播包的信号强度值RSSI(三个天线上的平均RSSI值)。终端100在接收到该AoA广播包时的BLE RSSI(三个天线上的平均RSSI值)后,可以根据公式(2)计算出终端100 与附近设备之间的距离。附近设备(例如终端101和终端103)与终端100的距离信息还可以直接是附近设备根据接收到AoA广播包时的BLE RSSI(三个天线上的平均RSSI值)按照上述(2)计算出的距离。根据接收信号强度RSSI计算出距离的过程,可以参考前述实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the distance information between the nearby devices (such as terminal 101 and terminal 103 ) and the terminal 100 may be the signal strength value RSSI (average RSSI value on three antennas) of the AoA broadcast packet received by the nearby devices. After terminal 100 receives the BLE RSSI (average RSSI value on three antennas) when receiving the AoA broadcast packet, it can calculate the distance between terminal 100 and nearby devices according to formula (2). The distance information between nearby devices (such as terminal 101 and terminal 103) and terminal 100 can also be directly calculated by the nearby devices according to the above (2) according to the BLE RSSI (average RSSI value on the three antennas) when receiving the AoA broadcast packet distance. For the process of calculating the distance according to the received signal strength RSSI, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

S2310、终端100可以根据与附近设备的距离信息以及附近设备的AoA角度,确定出附近设备相对于终端100的方向和距离。S2310, the terminal 100 may determine the direction and distance of the nearby device relative to the terminal 100 according to the distance information from the nearby device and the AoA angle of the nearby device.

其中,针对附近设备的AoA角度的文字说明可以参考上述图20所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the textual description of the AoA angle of nearby devices, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 20 above, and details are not repeated here.

S2311、终端100显示附件设备相对于终端100的方向位置。S2311. The terminal 100 displays the direction position of the accessory device relative to the terminal 100.

示例性,终端100可以显示如上述图9H所示的雷达图970。其中,在终端100搜索到附近设备且测量出附近设备的方向位置后,终端100可以在雷达图970中显示出附近设备相对于终端100的方向位置。其中,附近设备可以有终端101、终端102和终端103。该终端101的设备名称可以为“Verseau”,该终端102的设备名称可以为“Daniel”,该终端103的设备名称可以为“HUAWEI P30Pro”。Exemplarily, the terminal 100 may display the radar chart 970 shown in FIG. 9H above. Wherein, after the terminal 100 searches for a nearby device and measures the direction and position of the nearby device, the terminal 100 may display the direction and position of the nearby device relative to the terminal 100 on the radar map 970 . Among them, the nearby devices may include terminal 101 , terminal 102 and terminal 103 . The device name of the terminal 101 may be "Verseau", the device name of the terminal 102 may be "Daniel", and the device name of the terminal 103 may be "HUAWEI P30Pro".

其中,终端100测量出的附近设备(终端101、终端102和终端103)的方向位置可以参考上述图4示例性示出的终端100与附近设备(终端101、终端102和终端103)的位置关系。终端101可以在终端100的顺时针315度方向0.8m处,终端102可以在终端100的顺时针 45度方向1.2m处,终端103可以在终端100的顺时针90度方向0.5m处。Wherein, the direction positions of the nearby devices (terminal 101, terminal 102 and terminal 103) measured by the terminal 100 can refer to the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and the nearby devices (terminal 101, terminal 102 and terminal 103) as shown in FIG. . Terminal 101 may be at 0.8m in a clockwise direction of 315° from terminal 100, terminal 102 may be at 1.2m in a clockwise direction of 45° from terminal 100, and terminal 103 may be at 0.5m in a clockwise direction of 90° from terminal 100.

终端100可以在雷达图970上显示���自身的位置标记971,终端101的位置标记972、终端102的位置标记973和终端103的位置标记974。其中,终端100的位置标记971与附近设备的位置标记之间的位置关系可以参考终端100与附近设备的位置关系。The terminal 100 may display its own position mark 971 , the position mark 972 of the terminal 101 , the position mark 973 of the terminal 102 and the position mark 974 of the terminal 103 on the radar chart 970 . Wherein, the positional relationship between the position marker 971 of the terminal 100 and the position markers of nearby devices may refer to the positional relationship between the terminal 100 and nearby devices.

其中,各位置标记(位置标记971、位置标记972、位置标记973、位置标记974)之间的距离可以根据终端100与附近设备的距离,按照一定比例进行缩放。附近设备的位置标记(位置标记972、位置标记973和位置标记974)相对于位置标记971的方向,与附近设备相对于终端100的方向相同。Wherein, the distance between each location marker (position marker 971 , location marker 972 , location marker 973 , and location marker 974 ) can be scaled according to a certain ratio according to the distance between the terminal 100 and nearby devices. The direction of the position markers of the nearby devices (the position marker 972 , the position marker 973 and the position marker 974 ) relative to the position marker 971 is the same as the direction of the nearby devices relative to the terminal 100 .

具体内容,可以参考上述图9H所示实施例,在此不再赘述。For specific content, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9H , which will not be repeated here.

S2312、终端100接收用户选择出接收设备的第二操作。S2312. The terminal 100 receives a second operation of selecting a receiving device by the user.

示例性的,该第二操作可以是上述图9H中针对位置标记974的操作(例如单击),由于该位置标记974对应终端103。因此,终端100可以根据该针对该位置标记974的操作,确定出接收设备为终端103。Exemplarily, the second operation may be the operation (for example, single click) on the position marker 974 in FIG. 9H , because the position marker 974 corresponds to the terminal 103 . Therefore, the terminal 100 can determine that the receiving device is the terminal 103 according to the operation on the location marker 974 .

具体内容,可以参考上述图9H所示实施例,在此不再赘述。For specific content, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9H , which will not be repeated here.

S2313、终端100通过BLE广播发送数据分享请求给接收设备。S2313. The terminal 100 sends a data sharing request to the receiving device through BLE broadcast.

S2314、接收设备在接收到数据分享请求后可以显示数据分享提示,用于提示用户确认接收数据。S2314. After receiving the data sharing request, the receiving device may display a data sharing prompt to prompt the user to confirm receiving the data.

其中,示例性的,接收设备可以为终端103。该数据分享提示可以是上述图9I中终端103 上显示的提示框990。该提示框990中包括有接收按钮991和拒绝按钮992。具体内容可以参考上述图9I所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for example, the receiving device may be the terminal 103 . The data sharing prompt may be the prompt box 990 displayed on the terminal 103 in FIG. 9I above. The prompt box 990 includes an accept button 991 and a reject button 992 . For specific content, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9I , which will not be repeated here.

S2315、接收设备接收用户的确认接收操作。S2315. The receiving device receives the confirmation receiving operation of the user.

其中,示例性的,接收设备可以为终端103。该确认接收操作可以是上述图9I中终端103 接收用户作用于接收按钮991的操作(例如单击)。具体内容可以参考上述图9I所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for example, the receiving device may be the terminal 103 . The confirmation receiving operation may be that the terminal 103 in FIG. 91 receives an operation (such as clicking) that the user acts on the receiving button 991. For specific content, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 9I , which will not be repeated here.

S2316、响应于该确认接收操作,接收设备可以与终端100建立文件传输连接。S2316. In response to the confirmation receiving operation, the receiving device may establish a file transfer connection with the terminal 100.

其中,文件传输连接可以为Wi-Fi直连(Wi-Fi P2P)、Wi-Fi softAP或超宽带(ultra-wideband,UWB)等通信连接。Wherein, the file transfer connection may be a communication connection such as Wi-Fi direct connection (Wi-Fi P2P), Wi-Fi softAP or ultra-wideband (ultra-wideband, UWB).

S2317、在接收设备与终端100建立文件传输连接后,终端100可以将上述用户选中的文件数据传输给该接收设备(例如终端103)。S2317. After the receiving device establishes a file transfer connection with the terminal 100, the terminal 100 may transmit the file data selected by the user to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103).

示例性的,终端100可以将上述图9G中所示的“旅行”视频选项955对应的视频文件和“夕阳”视频选项956对应的视频文件发送给接收设备(例如终端103)。具体内容,可以参考前述实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the terminal 100 may send the video file corresponding to the "travel" video option 955 and the video file corresponding to the "sunset" video option 956 shown in FIG. 9G to the receiving device (such as the terminal 103). For specific content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

通过本申请实施例提供一种数据分享的方法,终端100可以在用户选择要分享的图片、视频、文档等文件对象后,接收用的操作,触发测量并显示附近设备的方向位置(包括方向与距离)。然后,终端100接收用户的操作,从附近设备中选择出文件的接收设备,以触发终端100将用户选中的文件对象发送给接收设备。这样,用户可以在通过终端100分享文件数据给附近设备时,知晓附近设备的位置,便于用户确定文件数据的接收设备。The embodiment of the present application provides a data sharing method. After the user selects a file object such as a picture, video, or document to be shared, the terminal 100 can receive an operation to trigger measurement and display the direction and position of nearby devices (including direction and distance). Then, the terminal 100 receives the user's operation, and selects a file receiving device from nearby devices, so as to trigger the terminal 100 to send the file object selected by the user to the receiving device. In this way, the user can know the location of the nearby device when sharing the file data to the nearby device through the terminal 100, which is convenient for the user to determine the receiving device of the file data.

以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, and are not intended to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: it can still understand the foregoing The technical solutions described in each embodiment are modified, or some of the technical features are replaced equivalently; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions depart from the scope of the technical solutions of the various embodiments of the application.

Claims (12)

1.一种数据分享的方法,其特征在于,包括:1. A method for data sharing, comprising: 第一终端显示第一音乐播放界面,所述第一音乐播放界面中显示有所述第一终端上正在播放或待播放的第一音频数据的名称;The first terminal displays a first music playing interface, and the name of the first audio data being played or to be played on the first terminal is displayed in the first music playing interface; 所述第一终端接收用户对所述第一音乐播放界面的第一操作,所述第一操作为针对所述第一音乐播放界面的滑动操作;The first terminal receives a user's first operation on the first music playback interface, and the first operation is a sliding operation on the first music playback interface; 响应于所述第一操作,所述第一终端显示所述第一终端的选项图标、缩小后的所述第一音乐播放界面和搜索提示,所述搜索提示用于提示用户所述第一终端正在搜索所述第一终端的附近设备;In response to the first operation, the first terminal displays an option icon of the first terminal, a reduced first music playing interface and a search prompt, and the search prompt is used to prompt the user that the first terminal searching for nearby devices of the first terminal; 所述第一终端显示在所述第一终端附近的一个或多个第二终端的选项图标;其中,所述一个或多个第二终端的选项图标相对于所述第一终端的选项图标的方向位置,与所述一个或多个第二终端相对于所述第一终端的方向位置相同;The first terminal displays one or more option icons of the second terminal near the first terminal; wherein, the option icons of the one or more second terminals are relative to the option icons of the first terminal a directional position that is the same as the directional position of the one or more second terminals relative to the first terminal; 所述第一终端接收用户对接收设备的选项图标的第二操作,所述一个或多个第二终端包括所述接收设备;The first terminal receives a user's second operation on the option icon of the receiving device, and the one or more second terminals include the receiving device; 响应于所述第二操作,所述第一终端与所述接收设备建立数据传输连接;In response to the second operation, the first terminal establishes a data transmission connection with the receiving device; 所述第一终端将所述第一音频数据通过所述数据传输连接发送给所述接收设备;The first terminal sends the first audio data to the receiving device through the data transmission connection; 所述接收设备在接收到所述第一音频数据后,播放所述第一音频数据。After receiving the first audio data, the receiving device plays the first audio data. 2.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一终端与所述接收设备建立数据传输连接之前,所述方法包括:2. The method according to claim 1, wherein before the first terminal establishes a data transmission connection with the receiving device, the method comprises: 所述第一终端发送数据分享请求给所述接收设备;The first terminal sends a data sharing request to the receiving device; 响应于所述数据分享请求,所述第一终端显示第一提示,所述第一提示用于提示用户确认接收对所述第一音频数据分享。In response to the data sharing request, the first terminal displays a first prompt, where the first prompt is used to prompt the user to confirm acceptance of sharing the first audio data. 3.根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述响应于所述第二操作,所述第一终��与所述接收设备建立数据传输连接,具体包括:3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein in response to the second operation, the first terminal establishes a data transmission connection with the receiving device, specifically comprising: 响应于所述第二操作,所述第一终端显示第二提示,所述第二提示用于提示用户确认是否分享所述第一音频数据给所述接收设备;In response to the second operation, the first terminal displays a second prompt, the second prompt is used to prompt the user to confirm whether to share the first audio data with the receiving device; 所述第一终端接收用户的确认发送操作;The first terminal receives the user's confirmation sending operation; 响应于所述确认发送操作,所述第一终端与所述接收设备建立数据传输连接。In response to the confirmation sending operation, the first terminal establishes a data transmission connection with the receiving device. 4.根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二操作为对所述接收设备的选项图标的点击操作,或,将缩小后的所述第一音乐播放界面拖动至所述接收设备的选项图标附近的拖动操作。4. The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the second operation is a click operation on the option icon of the receiving device, or dragging the reduced first music playback interface Drag around the options icon to the receiving device. 5.根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:5. The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the method further comprises: 响应于所述第二操作,所述第一终端将所述第一音乐播放界面的显示内容通过所述数据传输连接发送至所述接收设备;In response to the second operation, the first terminal sends the display content of the first music playback interface to the receiving device through the data transmission connection; 所述接收设备在接收到所述第一音乐播放界面的显示内容后,显示第二音乐播放界面,所述第二音乐播放界面上的界面元素与所述第一音乐播放界面上的界面元素相同。After receiving the display content of the first music playing interface, the receiving device displays a second music playing interface, and the interface elements on the second music playing interface are the same as those on the first music playing interface . 6.根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述数据传输连接包括以下任一种:蓝牙连接、Wi-Fi P2P连接、Wi-Fi LAN连接和UWB连接。6. The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the data transmission connection comprises any of the following: Bluetooth connection, Wi-Fi P2P connection, Wi-Fi LAN connection and UWB connection. 7.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一终端显示在所述第一终端周围的一个或多个第二终端的选项之前,所述方法还包括:7. The method according to claim 1, wherein before the first terminal displays one or more options of the second terminal around the first terminal, the method further comprises: 所述第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自所述一个或多个第二终端的位置信息。The first terminal acquires location information from the one or more second terminals through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE. 8.根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自所述一个或多个附近终端的位置信息之前,所述方法还包括:8. The method according to claim 7, wherein, before the first terminal acquires location information from the one or more nearby terminals through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE, the method further comprises: 所述第一终端通过BLE广播定位请求;其中,所述附近终端接收到所述定位请求时的BLE信号强度值RSSI高于指定信号强度阈值。The first terminal broadcasts a positioning request through BLE; wherein, when the nearby terminal receives the positioning request, the BLE signal strength RSSI is higher than a specified signal strength threshold. 9.根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位置信息包括:所述第二终端的BLE信号到达角度AoA,所述一个或多个第二终端与所述终端的距离。9. The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the location information includes: the angle of arrival AoA of the BLE signal of the second terminal, the distance between the one or more second terminals and the terminal . 10.根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端通过低功耗蓝牙BLE获取来自所述一个或多个第二终端的位置信息,具体包括:10. The method according to claim 7, wherein the first terminal acquires location information from the one or more second terminals through Bluetooth Low Energy BLE, specifically comprising: 所述第一终端通过BLE发送AoA广播包给所述一个或多个第二终端;The first terminal sends an AoA broadcast packet to the one or more second terminals through BLE; 所述第二终端在接收到所述AoA广播包后,根据接收到所述AoA广播包时的相位信息确定出BLE AoA,并根据接收到所述AoA广播包时的BLE RSSI确定出与所述第一终端的距离;After the second terminal receives the AoA broadcast packet, it determines the BLE AoA according to the phase information when receiving the AoA broadcast packet, and determines the BLE AoA according to the BLE RSSI when receiving the AoA broadcast packet. the distance from the first terminal; 所述第二终端通过BLE广播向所述第一终端发送所述BLE AoA和所述第二终端与所述第一终端的距离。The second terminal sends the BLE AoA and the distance between the second terminal and the first terminal to the first terminal through BLE broadcast. 11.一种通信装置,为第一终端,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括显示屏、一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器;所述显示屏、所述一个或多个存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机存储代码包括计算机指令,当所述一个或多个处理器执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述通信装置执行上述权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法。11. A communication device, which is a first terminal, characterized in that the communication device includes a display screen, one or more processors, and one or more memories; the display screen, the one or more memories and The one or more processors are coupled, and the one or more memories are configured to store computer program code, the computer storage code comprising computer instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause The communication device executes the method described in any one of claims 1-10 above. 12.一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在所述第一终端上运行时,使得所述第一终端执行上述权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法。12. A computer storage medium, characterized in that it includes computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on the first terminal, the first terminal is made to execute any one of the preceding claims 1-10. Methods.
CN201910731372.4A 2019-08-08 2019-08-08 Data sharing method, graphical user interface, related device and system Active CN112437190B (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910731372.4A CN112437190B (en) 2019-08-08 2019-08-08 Data sharing method, graphical user interface, related device and system
PCT/CN2020/107034 WO2021023208A1 (en) 2019-08-08 2020-08-05 Data sharing method, graphical user interface, related device, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910731372.4A CN112437190B (en) 2019-08-08 2019-08-08 Data sharing method, graphical user interface, related device and system

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN112437190A CN112437190A (en) 2021-03-02
CN112437190B true CN112437190B (en) 2023-04-18

Family

ID=74502690

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201910731372.4A Active CN112437190B (en) 2019-08-08 2019-08-08 Data sharing method, graphical user interface, related device and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112437190B (en)
WO (1) WO2021023208A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114501119B (en) * 2020-10-27 2023-04-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Interactive display method, device, electronic equipment, system and storage medium
CN114610193B (en) * 2020-12-04 2024-10-11 华为技术有限公司 Content sharing method, electronic device and storage medium
CN113055976A (en) * 2021-03-15 2021-06-29 深圳乐播科技有限公司 Wireless screen projection method, device, equipment and storage medium based on local area network
CN115118536B (en) * 2021-03-18 2024-04-30 上海博泰悦臻网络技术服务有限公司 Sharing method, control device and computer readable storage medium
CN113059963B (en) * 2021-03-30 2023-09-08 南京矽力微电子技术有限公司 Tire pressure monitoring module, tire positioning system and method
CN113179445B (en) * 2021-04-15 2023-07-14 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Video sharing method based on interactive object and interactive object
CN113282223B (en) * 2021-04-29 2024-06-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 Display method, display device and electronic equipment
CN113296647A (en) * 2021-05-08 2021-08-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 Interface display method and device
CN115412848B (en) * 2021-05-27 2025-09-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Audio sharing method, device, terminal, audio equipment and storage medium
CN113613050B (en) * 2021-07-20 2022-08-30 北京奇艺世纪科技有限公司 Video synchronous playing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN115022849B (en) * 2021-10-29 2023-04-14 荣耀终端有限公司 Data transmission method and electronic device based on Wi-Fi P2P
CN113992789A (en) * 2021-10-29 2022-01-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 Image processing method and device
CN114143769A (en) * 2021-12-08 2022-03-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Content sharing method, device, equipment, medium and computer program
CN114518811A (en) * 2022-01-26 2022-05-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 Scroll screen-based information interaction method and device and electronic equipment
CN114585085A (en) * 2022-04-26 2022-06-03 浙江口碑网络技术有限公司 Positioning method, positioning device and positioning system
CN115103346A (en) * 2022-07-25 2022-09-23 润芯微科技(江苏)有限公司 File sharing method and system based on UWB
CN117676480A (en) * 2022-09-01 2024-03-08 华为技术有限公司 A data sharing method, system and related devices
CN115442741A (en) * 2022-09-14 2022-12-06 联想(北京)有限公司 A file transfer method and electronic device
TWI826034B (en) * 2022-10-07 2023-12-11 宏碁股份有限公司 Method for improving image overexposure and electronic device
CN120076067A (en) * 2023-11-28 2025-05-30 华为技术有限公司 Data sharing method, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN118761030B (en) * 2024-09-02 2024-12-10 深圳华钛自动化科技有限公司 A method, system, device and storage medium for automated equipment detection

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103257813A (en) * 2012-02-21 2013-08-21 海尔集团公司 Determining method and file transmission method of sharing equipment and file transmission system
CN103841190A (en) * 2014-02-28 2014-06-04 广州华多网络科技有限公司 Information acquisition method, device and system, and information sharing method, device and system
CN104094183A (en) * 2011-11-16 2014-10-08 高通股份有限公司 System and method for wirelessly sharing data amongst user devices
CN106354407A (en) * 2016-08-22 2017-01-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information sharing method and mobile terminal
US9854411B2 (en) * 2012-10-12 2017-12-26 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Initiating live presentation content sharing via radio frequency beacons
WO2018145311A1 (en) * 2017-02-13 2018-08-16 深圳市欸阿技术有限公司 Data sharing system, smart terminal, and first smart terminal

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060241864A1 (en) * 2005-04-22 2006-10-26 Outland Research, Llc Method and apparatus for point-and-send data transfer within an ubiquitous computing environment
US8457651B2 (en) * 2009-10-02 2013-06-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Device movement user interface gestures for file sharing functionality
US20110163944A1 (en) * 2010-01-05 2011-07-07 Apple Inc. Intuitive, gesture-based communications with physics metaphors
US8433759B2 (en) * 2010-05-24 2013-04-30 Sony Computer Entertainment America Llc Direction-conscious information sharing
US20150188988A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-02 Htc Corporation Electronic devices, and file sharing methods thereof
CN106293404A (en) * 2015-05-22 2017-01-04 联发科技(新加坡)私人有限公司 Multi-screen shares method and the communication terminal of display picture
CN106603609A (en) * 2015-10-16 2017-04-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 File sending and transmission method and device
CN109089216B (en) * 2018-10-25 2021-09-24 连尚(新昌)网络科技有限公司 A file transmission method and device based on Bluetooth transmission
CN110719584B (en) * 2019-09-02 2021-07-16 华为技术有限公司 Method and electronic device for short-range transmission of information

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104094183A (en) * 2011-11-16 2014-10-08 高通股份有限公司 System and method for wirelessly sharing data amongst user devices
CN103257813A (en) * 2012-02-21 2013-08-21 海尔集团公司 Determining method and file transmission method of sharing equipment and file transmission system
US9854411B2 (en) * 2012-10-12 2017-12-26 Crestron Electronics, Inc. Initiating live presentation content sharing via radio frequency beacons
CN103841190A (en) * 2014-02-28 2014-06-04 广州华多网络科技有限公司 Information acquisition method, device and system, and information sharing method, device and system
CN106354407A (en) * 2016-08-22 2017-01-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information sharing method and mobile terminal
WO2018145311A1 (en) * 2017-02-13 2018-08-16 深圳市欸阿技术有限公司 Data sharing system, smart terminal, and first smart terminal

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2021023208A1 (en) 2021-02-11
CN112437190A (en) 2021-03-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN112437190B (en) Data sharing method, graphical user interface, related device and system
CN115209194B (en) A terminal device, method and system for realizing one-touch screen projection through a remote control
CN112822663B (en) Bluetooth connection method and related device
CN112469015B (en) Bluetooth connection method and electronic device
CN114710768B (en) Bluetooth connection method and related device
EP4184905A1 (en) Device recognition method and related apparatus
US12135692B2 (en) File sharing method of mobile terminal and device
CN111757303A (en) A kind of control method of bluetooth transmit power and terminal equipment
CN113676902B (en) A system, method and electronic device for providing wireless Internet access
EP3883299B1 (en) Method for smart home appliance to access network and related device
WO2022068513A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
US12323881B2 (en) Device positioning method and related apparatus
WO2022042326A1 (en) Display control method and related apparatus
US20230125956A1 (en) Wireless Communication System and Method
US20220353665A1 (en) Device capability discovery method and p2p device
CN114079691A (en) Equipment identification method and related device
WO2024260185A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal, and system
WO2025077397A1 (en) Data transmission method and electronic device
CN115515112A (en) Bluetooth communication method and system
CN114071055B (en) Method for rapidly joining conference and related equipment
WO2025113449A1 (en) Data sharing method, electronic device and storage medium
HK40074084B (en) Terminal device, method and system for realizing one-touch screen projection through remote control
CN115134402A (en) Device connection method and electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant